]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: src/generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | /* | |
13 | TODO: | |
14 | ||
15 | - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay | |
16 | - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw() | |
17 | - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess. | |
18 | - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns. | |
19 | */ | |
20 | ||
21 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
22 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
23 | ||
24 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
25 | #pragma hdrstop | |
26 | #endif | |
27 | ||
28 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
29 | ||
30 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
31 | ||
32 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
33 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
34 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
35 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
37 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
38 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/intl.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/math.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #endif | |
45 | ||
46 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
47 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
48 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
49 | #include "wx/renderer.h" | |
50 | #include "wx/headerctrl.h" | |
51 | #include "wx/hashset.h" | |
52 | ||
53 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
54 | #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h" | |
55 | #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h" | |
56 | #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h" | |
57 | ||
58 | const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid"; | |
59 | ||
60 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
61 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
62 | #else | |
63 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
64 | #endif | |
65 | ||
66 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
67 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
68 | #else | |
69 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
70 | #endif | |
71 | ||
72 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
73 | #include <ctype.h> | |
74 | ||
75 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
76 | wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV); | |
77 | ||
78 | ||
79 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
80 | // globals | |
81 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
82 | ||
83 | namespace | |
84 | { | |
85 | ||
86 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
87 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
88 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
89 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
90 | #endif | |
91 | ||
92 | // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers | |
93 | // | |
94 | // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them | |
95 | // globals | |
96 | struct DefaultHeaderRenderers | |
97 | { | |
98 | wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer; | |
99 | wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer; | |
100 | wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer; | |
101 | } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers; | |
102 | ||
103 | } // anonymous namespace | |
104 | ||
105 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
106 | // constants | |
107 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
108 | ||
109 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
110 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
111 | ||
112 | namespace | |
113 | { | |
114 | ||
115 | // scroll line size | |
116 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; | |
117 | const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
118 | ||
119 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
120 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
121 | const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
122 | ||
123 | // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag | |
124 | // operation | |
125 | const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3; | |
126 | ||
127 | } // anonymous namespace | |
128 | ||
129 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
130 | ||
131 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
132 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
133 | ||
134 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
135 | // events | |
136 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
137 | ||
138 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
139 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
140 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
141 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
142 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent ); | |
143 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
144 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
145 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
146 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent ); | |
147 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); | |
148 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent ); | |
149 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent ); | |
150 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent ); | |
151 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent ); | |
152 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent ); | |
153 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent ); | |
154 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent ); | |
155 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent ); | |
156 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent ); | |
157 | wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent ); | |
158 | ||
159 | // ============================================================================ | |
160 | // implementation | |
161 | // ============================================================================ | |
162 | ||
163 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler) | |
164 | ||
165 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
166 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus ) | |
167 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
168 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
169 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
170 | ||
171 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl) | |
172 | EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick) | |
173 | ||
174 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize) | |
175 | EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing) | |
176 | EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize) | |
177 | ||
178 | EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder) | |
179 | EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder) | |
180 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
181 | ||
182 | wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const | |
183 | { | |
184 | static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper; | |
185 | ||
186 | return s_colOper; | |
187 | } | |
188 | ||
189 | wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const | |
190 | { | |
191 | static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper; | |
192 | ||
193 | return s_rowOper; | |
194 | } | |
195 | ||
196 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
197 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
198 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
199 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
200 | ||
201 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
202 | { | |
203 | // nothing to do | |
204 | } | |
205 | ||
206 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
207 | { | |
208 | } | |
209 | ||
210 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
211 | // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes | |
212 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
213 | ||
214 | void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid, | |
215 | wxDC& dc, | |
216 | const wxString& value, | |
217 | const wxRect& rect, | |
218 | int horizAlign, | |
219 | int vertAlign, | |
220 | int textOrientation) const | |
221 | { | |
222 | dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT); | |
223 | dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour()); | |
224 | dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont()); | |
225 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); | |
226 | } | |
227 | ||
228 | ||
229 | void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), | |
230 | wxDC& dc, | |
231 | wxRect& rect) const | |
232 | { | |
233 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
234 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(), | |
235 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom()); | |
236 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), | |
237 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); | |
238 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(), | |
239 | rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); | |
240 | ||
241 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
242 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(), | |
243 | rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); | |
244 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(), | |
245 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); | |
246 | ||
247 | rect.Deflate(2); | |
248 | } | |
249 | ||
250 | void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), | |
251 | wxDC& dc, | |
252 | wxRect& rect) const | |
253 | { | |
254 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
255 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(), | |
256 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom()); | |
257 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), | |
258 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); | |
259 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(), | |
260 | rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom()); | |
261 | ||
262 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
263 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1, | |
264 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); | |
265 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1, | |
266 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1); | |
267 | ||
268 | rect.Deflate(2); | |
269 | } | |
270 | ||
271 | void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid), | |
272 | wxDC& dc, | |
273 | wxRect& rect) const | |
274 | { | |
275 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW))); | |
276 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1, | |
277 | rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop()); | |
278 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1, | |
279 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1); | |
280 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), | |
281 | rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop()); | |
282 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), | |
283 | rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom()); | |
284 | ||
285 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
286 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1, | |
287 | rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1); | |
288 | dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1, | |
289 | rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1); | |
290 | ||
291 | rect.Deflate(2); | |
292 | } | |
293 | ||
294 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
295 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
296 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
297 | ||
298 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
299 | { | |
300 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
301 | ||
302 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
303 | m_editor = NULL; | |
304 | ||
305 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
306 | ||
307 | m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1; | |
308 | m_overflow = UnsetOverflow; | |
309 | ||
310 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
311 | } | |
312 | ||
313 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
314 | { | |
315 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
316 | ||
317 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
318 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
319 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
320 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
321 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
322 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
323 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
324 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
325 | ||
326 | attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols ); | |
327 | ||
328 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
329 | { | |
330 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
331 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
332 | } | |
333 | if ( m_editor ) | |
334 | { | |
335 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
336 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
337 | } | |
338 | ||
339 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
340 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
341 | ||
342 | attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow ); | |
343 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
344 | ||
345 | return attr; | |
346 | } | |
347 | ||
348 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
349 | { | |
350 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
351 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
352 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
353 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
354 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
355 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
356 | if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ) | |
357 | { | |
358 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
359 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
360 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
361 | } | |
362 | if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() ) | |
363 | mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols ); | |
364 | ||
365 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
366 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
367 | // | |
368 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
369 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
370 | { | |
371 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
372 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
373 | } | |
374 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
375 | { | |
376 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
377 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
378 | } | |
379 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
380 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
381 | ||
382 | if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() ) | |
383 | SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow()); | |
384 | ||
385 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
386 | } | |
387 | ||
388 | void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols) | |
389 | { | |
390 | // The size of a cell is normally 1,1 | |
391 | ||
392 | // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell | |
393 | // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be | |
394 | // set to negative or zero values such that | |
395 | // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell) | |
396 | // same goes for the col + num_cols. | |
397 | ||
398 | // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value | |
399 | ||
400 | wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) || | |
401 | !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) || | |
402 | !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))), | |
403 | wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values")); | |
404 | ||
405 | m_sizeRows = num_rows; | |
406 | m_sizeCols = num_cols; | |
407 | } | |
408 | ||
409 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
410 | { | |
411 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
412 | { | |
413 | return m_colText; | |
414 | } | |
415 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
416 | { | |
417 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
418 | } | |
419 | else | |
420 | { | |
421 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
422 | return wxNullColour; | |
423 | } | |
424 | } | |
425 | ||
426 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
427 | { | |
428 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
429 | { | |
430 | return m_colBack; | |
431 | } | |
432 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
433 | { | |
434 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
435 | } | |
436 | else | |
437 | { | |
438 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
439 | return wxNullColour; | |
440 | } | |
441 | } | |
442 | ||
443 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
444 | { | |
445 | if (HasFont()) | |
446 | { | |
447 | return m_font; | |
448 | } | |
449 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
450 | { | |
451 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
452 | } | |
453 | else | |
454 | { | |
455 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
456 | return wxNullFont; | |
457 | } | |
458 | } | |
459 | ||
460 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
461 | { | |
462 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
463 | { | |
464 | if ( hAlign ) | |
465 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
466 | if ( vAlign ) | |
467 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
468 | } | |
469 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
470 | { | |
471 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
472 | } | |
473 | else | |
474 | { | |
475 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
476 | } | |
477 | } | |
478 | ||
479 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
480 | { | |
481 | if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID ) | |
482 | *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
483 | ||
484 | if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID ) | |
485 | *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
486 | } | |
487 | ||
488 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
489 | { | |
490 | if ( num_rows ) | |
491 | *num_rows = m_sizeRows; | |
492 | if ( num_cols ) | |
493 | *num_cols = m_sizeCols; | |
494 | } | |
495 | ||
496 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
497 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
498 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
499 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
500 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
501 | // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
502 | ||
503 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
504 | { | |
505 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL; | |
506 | ||
507 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
508 | { | |
509 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
510 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
511 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
512 | } | |
513 | else // no non-default cell renderer | |
514 | { | |
515 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
516 | if ( grid ) | |
517 | { | |
518 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
519 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
520 | } | |
521 | ||
522 | if ( renderer == NULL ) | |
523 | { | |
524 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
525 | { | |
526 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
527 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
528 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
529 | } | |
530 | else // default grid attr | |
531 | { | |
532 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
533 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
534 | if ( renderer ) | |
535 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
536 | } | |
537 | } | |
538 | } | |
539 | ||
540 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
541 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
542 | ||
543 | return renderer; | |
544 | } | |
545 | ||
546 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
547 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
548 | { | |
549 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL; | |
550 | ||
551 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
552 | { | |
553 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
554 | editor = m_editor; | |
555 | editor->IncRef(); | |
556 | } | |
557 | else // no non default cell editor | |
558 | { | |
559 | // get default editor for the data type | |
560 | if ( grid ) | |
561 | { | |
562 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
563 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
564 | } | |
565 | ||
566 | if ( editor == NULL ) | |
567 | { | |
568 | if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) ) | |
569 | { | |
570 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
571 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
572 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
573 | } | |
574 | else // default grid attr | |
575 | { | |
576 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
577 | editor = m_editor; | |
578 | if ( editor ) | |
579 | editor->IncRef(); | |
580 | } | |
581 | } | |
582 | } | |
583 | ||
584 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
585 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
586 | ||
587 | return editor; | |
588 | } | |
589 | ||
590 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
591 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
592 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
593 | ||
594 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
595 | { | |
596 | // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not | |
597 | // touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this | |
598 | // is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr | |
599 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
600 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
601 | { | |
602 | if ( attr ) | |
603 | { | |
604 | // add the attribute | |
605 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
606 | } | |
607 | //else: nothing to do | |
608 | } | |
609 | else // we already have an attribute for this cell | |
610 | { | |
611 | if ( attr ) | |
612 | { | |
613 | // change the attribute | |
614 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr); | |
615 | } | |
616 | else | |
617 | { | |
618 | // remove this attribute | |
619 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
620 | } | |
621 | } | |
622 | } | |
623 | ||
624 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
625 | { | |
626 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
627 | ||
628 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
629 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
630 | { | |
631 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
632 | attr->IncRef(); | |
633 | } | |
634 | ||
635 | return attr; | |
636 | } | |
637 | ||
638 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
639 | { | |
640 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
641 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
642 | { | |
643 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
644 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
645 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
646 | { | |
647 | if (numRows > 0) | |
648 | { | |
649 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
650 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
651 | } | |
652 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
653 | { | |
654 | // If rows deleted ... | |
655 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
656 | { | |
657 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
658 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
659 | } | |
660 | else | |
661 | { | |
662 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
663 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
664 | n--; | |
665 | count--; | |
666 | } | |
667 | } | |
668 | } | |
669 | } | |
670 | } | |
671 | ||
672 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
673 | { | |
674 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
675 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
676 | { | |
677 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
678 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
679 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
680 | { | |
681 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
682 | { | |
683 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
684 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
685 | } | |
686 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
687 | { | |
688 | // If rows deleted ... | |
689 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
690 | { | |
691 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
692 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
693 | } | |
694 | else | |
695 | { | |
696 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
697 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
698 | n--; | |
699 | count--; | |
700 | } | |
701 | } | |
702 | } | |
703 | } | |
704 | } | |
705 | ||
706 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
707 | { | |
708 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
709 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
710 | { | |
711 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
712 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
713 | { | |
714 | return n; | |
715 | } | |
716 | } | |
717 | ||
718 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
719 | } | |
720 | ||
721 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
722 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
723 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
724 | ||
725 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
726 | { | |
727 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
728 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
729 | { | |
730 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
731 | } | |
732 | } | |
733 | ||
734 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
735 | { | |
736 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
737 | ||
738 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
739 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
740 | { | |
741 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
742 | attr->IncRef(); | |
743 | } | |
744 | ||
745 | return attr; | |
746 | } | |
747 | ||
748 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
749 | { | |
750 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
751 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
752 | { | |
753 | if ( attr ) | |
754 | { | |
755 | // store the new attribute, taking its ownership | |
756 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
757 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
758 | } | |
759 | // nothing to remove | |
760 | } | |
761 | else // we have an attribute for this row or column | |
762 | { | |
763 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
764 | ||
765 | // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is | |
766 | // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on | |
767 | // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new | |
768 | // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count | |
769 | // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too | |
770 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
771 | ||
772 | if ( attr ) | |
773 | { | |
774 | // replace the attribute with the new one | |
775 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
776 | } | |
777 | else // remove the attribute | |
778 | { | |
779 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
780 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
781 | } | |
782 | } | |
783 | } | |
784 | ||
785 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
786 | { | |
787 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
788 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
789 | { | |
790 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
791 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
792 | { | |
793 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
794 | { | |
795 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
796 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
797 | } | |
798 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
799 | { | |
800 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
801 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
802 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
803 | else | |
804 | { | |
805 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
806 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
807 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
808 | n--; | |
809 | count--; | |
810 | } | |
811 | } | |
812 | } | |
813 | } | |
814 | } | |
815 | ||
816 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
817 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
818 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
819 | ||
820 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
821 | { | |
822 | m_data = NULL; | |
823 | } | |
824 | ||
825 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
826 | { | |
827 | delete m_data; | |
828 | } | |
829 | ||
830 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
831 | { | |
832 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
833 | } | |
834 | ||
835 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
836 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
837 | { | |
838 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
839 | if ( m_data ) | |
840 | { | |
841 | switch (kind) | |
842 | { | |
843 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
844 | // Get cached merge attributes. | |
845 | // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable | |
846 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
847 | if (!attr) | |
848 | { | |
849 | // Basically implement old version. | |
850 | // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
851 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
852 | wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
853 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
854 | ||
855 | if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)) | |
856 | { | |
857 | // Two or more are non NULL | |
858 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
859 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
860 | ||
861 | // Order is important.. | |
862 | if (attrcell) | |
863 | { | |
864 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
865 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
866 | } | |
867 | if (attrcol) | |
868 | { | |
869 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
870 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
871 | } | |
872 | if (attrrow) | |
873 | { | |
874 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
875 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
876 | } | |
877 | ||
878 | // store merge attr if cache implemented | |
879 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
880 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
881 | } | |
882 | else | |
883 | { | |
884 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
885 | if (attrrow) | |
886 | attr = attrrow; | |
887 | if (attrcol) | |
888 | { | |
889 | if (attr) | |
890 | attr->DecRef(); | |
891 | attr = attrcol; | |
892 | } | |
893 | if (attrcell) | |
894 | { | |
895 | if (attr) | |
896 | attr->DecRef(); | |
897 | attr = attrcell; | |
898 | } | |
899 | } | |
900 | } | |
901 | break; | |
902 | ||
903 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
904 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
905 | break; | |
906 | ||
907 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
908 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
909 | break; | |
910 | ||
911 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
912 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
913 | break; | |
914 | ||
915 | default: | |
916 | // unused as yet... | |
917 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
918 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
919 | break; | |
920 | } | |
921 | } | |
922 | ||
923 | return attr; | |
924 | } | |
925 | ||
926 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
927 | int row, int col) | |
928 | { | |
929 | if ( !m_data ) | |
930 | InitData(); | |
931 | ||
932 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
933 | } | |
934 | ||
935 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
936 | { | |
937 | if ( !m_data ) | |
938 | InitData(); | |
939 | ||
940 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
941 | } | |
942 | ||
943 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
944 | { | |
945 | if ( !m_data ) | |
946 | InitData(); | |
947 | ||
948 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
949 | } | |
950 | ||
951 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
952 | { | |
953 | if ( m_data ) | |
954 | { | |
955 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
956 | ||
957 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
958 | } | |
959 | } | |
960 | ||
961 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
962 | { | |
963 | if ( m_data ) | |
964 | { | |
965 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
966 | ||
967 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
968 | } | |
969 | } | |
970 | ||
971 | const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& | |
972 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
973 | { | |
974 | return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer; | |
975 | } | |
976 | ||
977 | const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& | |
978 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row)) | |
979 | { | |
980 | return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer; | |
981 | } | |
982 | ||
983 | const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer() | |
984 | { | |
985 | return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer; | |
986 | } | |
987 | ||
988 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
989 | // wxGridTableBase | |
990 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
991 | ||
992 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
993 | ||
994 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
995 | { | |
996 | m_view = NULL; | |
997 | m_attrProvider = NULL; | |
998 | } | |
999 | ||
1000 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
1001 | { | |
1002 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
1003 | } | |
1004 | ||
1005 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
1006 | { | |
1007 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
1008 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
1009 | } | |
1010 | ||
1011 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
1012 | { | |
1013 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
1014 | { | |
1015 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
1016 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
1017 | } | |
1018 | ||
1019 | return true; | |
1020 | } | |
1021 | ||
1022 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
1023 | { | |
1024 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
1025 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
1026 | else | |
1027 | return NULL; | |
1028 | } | |
1029 | ||
1030 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
1031 | { | |
1032 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
1033 | { | |
1034 | if ( attr ) | |
1035 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
1036 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | else | |
1039 | { | |
1040 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
1041 | // free it now | |
1042 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
1043 | } | |
1044 | } | |
1045 | ||
1046 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
1047 | { | |
1048 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
1049 | { | |
1050 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
1051 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
1052 | } | |
1053 | else | |
1054 | { | |
1055 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
1056 | // free it now | |
1057 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
1058 | } | |
1059 | } | |
1060 | ||
1061 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
1062 | { | |
1063 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
1066 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
1067 | } | |
1068 | else | |
1069 | { | |
1070 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
1071 | // free it now | |
1072 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
1073 | } | |
1074 | } | |
1075 | ||
1076 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
1077 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
1078 | { | |
1079 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
1080 | ||
1081 | return false; | |
1082 | } | |
1083 | ||
1084 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
1085 | { | |
1086 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
1087 | ||
1088 | return false; | |
1089 | } | |
1090 | ||
1091 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
1092 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
1093 | { | |
1094 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
1095 | ||
1096 | return false; | |
1097 | } | |
1098 | ||
1099 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
1100 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
1101 | { | |
1102 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
1103 | ||
1104 | return false; | |
1105 | } | |
1106 | ||
1107 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
1108 | { | |
1109 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
1110 | ||
1111 | return false; | |
1112 | } | |
1113 | ||
1114 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
1115 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
1116 | { | |
1117 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
1118 | ||
1119 | return false; | |
1120 | } | |
1121 | ||
1122 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
1123 | { | |
1124 | wxString s; | |
1125 | ||
1126 | // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, | |
1127 | // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
1128 | s << row + 1; | |
1129 | ||
1130 | return s; | |
1131 | } | |
1132 | ||
1133 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
1134 | { | |
1135 | // default col labels are: | |
1136 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
1137 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
1138 | // etc. | |
1139 | ||
1140 | wxString s; | |
1141 | unsigned int i, n; | |
1142 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
1143 | { | |
1144 | s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26)); | |
1145 | col = col / 26 - 1; | |
1146 | if ( col < 0 ) | |
1147 | break; | |
1148 | } | |
1149 | ||
1150 | // reverse the string... | |
1151 | wxString s2; | |
1152 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
1153 | { | |
1154 | s2 += s[n - i - 1]; | |
1155 | } | |
1156 | ||
1157 | return s2; | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | ||
1160 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1161 | { | |
1162 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
1163 | } | |
1164 | ||
1165 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1166 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
1167 | { | |
1168 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
1169 | } | |
1170 | ||
1171 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
1172 | { | |
1173 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
1174 | } | |
1175 | ||
1176 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1177 | { | |
1178 | return 0; | |
1179 | } | |
1180 | ||
1181 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1182 | { | |
1183 | return 0.0; | |
1184 | } | |
1185 | ||
1186 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
1187 | { | |
1188 | return false; | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | ||
1191 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1192 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1193 | { | |
1194 | } | |
1195 | ||
1196 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1197 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1198 | { | |
1199 | } | |
1200 | ||
1201 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1202 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1203 | { | |
1204 | } | |
1205 | ||
1206 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1207 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
1208 | { | |
1209 | return NULL; | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | ||
1212 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1213 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
1214 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
1215 | { | |
1216 | } | |
1217 | ||
1218 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1219 | // | |
1220 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
1221 | // to the grid view | |
1222 | // | |
1223 | ||
1224 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
1225 | { | |
1226 | m_table = NULL; | |
1227 | m_id = -1; | |
1228 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
1229 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
1230 | } | |
1231 | ||
1232 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
1233 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
1234 | { | |
1235 | m_table = table; | |
1236 | m_id = id; | |
1237 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
1238 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
1239 | } | |
1240 | ||
1241 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1242 | // | |
1243 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
1244 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
1245 | // | |
1246 | ||
1247 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
1248 | ||
1249 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
1250 | ||
1251 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
1252 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
1253 | { | |
1254 | m_numCols = 0; | |
1255 | } | |
1256 | ||
1257 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
1258 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
1259 | { | |
1260 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
1261 | ||
1262 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
1263 | ||
1264 | wxArrayString sa; | |
1265 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
1266 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
1267 | ||
1268 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
1269 | } | |
1270 | ||
1271 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
1272 | { | |
1273 | wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) && | |
1274 | (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()), | |
1275 | wxEmptyString, | |
1276 | wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
1277 | ||
1278 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
1279 | } | |
1280 | ||
1281 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
1282 | { | |
1283 | wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) && | |
1284 | (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()), | |
1285 | wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
1286 | ||
1287 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
1288 | } | |
1289 | ||
1290 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
1291 | { | |
1292 | int row, col; | |
1293 | int numRows, numCols; | |
1294 | ||
1295 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1296 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
1297 | { | |
1298 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
1299 | ||
1300 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
1301 | { | |
1302 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
1303 | { | |
1304 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
1305 | } | |
1306 | } | |
1307 | } | |
1308 | } | |
1309 | ||
1310 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
1311 | { | |
1312 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1313 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
1314 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1315 | ||
1316 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
1317 | { | |
1318 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
1319 | } | |
1320 | ||
1321 | wxArrayString sa; | |
1322 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
1323 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
1324 | m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows ); | |
1325 | ||
1326 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1327 | { | |
1328 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1329 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
1330 | pos, | |
1331 | numRows ); | |
1332 | ||
1333 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1334 | } | |
1335 | ||
1336 | return true; | |
1337 | } | |
1338 | ||
1339 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
1340 | { | |
1341 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1342 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
1343 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
1344 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1345 | ||
1346 | wxArrayString sa; | |
1347 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
1348 | { | |
1349 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
1350 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols ); | |
1351 | } | |
1352 | ||
1353 | m_data.Add( sa, numRows ); | |
1354 | ||
1355 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1356 | { | |
1357 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1358 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
1359 | numRows ); | |
1360 | ||
1361 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | return true; | |
1365 | } | |
1366 | ||
1367 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
1368 | { | |
1369 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1370 | ||
1371 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
1372 | { | |
1373 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
1374 | ( | |
1375 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"), | |
1376 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
1377 | (unsigned long)numRows, | |
1378 | (unsigned long)curNumRows | |
1379 | ) ); | |
1380 | ||
1381 | return false; | |
1382 | } | |
1383 | ||
1384 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
1385 | { | |
1386 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
1387 | } | |
1388 | ||
1389 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
1390 | { | |
1391 | m_data.Clear(); | |
1392 | } | |
1393 | else | |
1394 | { | |
1395 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
1396 | } | |
1397 | ||
1398 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1399 | { | |
1400 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1401 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
1402 | pos, | |
1403 | numRows ); | |
1404 | ||
1405 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1406 | } | |
1407 | ||
1408 | return true; | |
1409 | } | |
1410 | ||
1411 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
1412 | { | |
1413 | size_t row, col; | |
1414 | ||
1415 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1416 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 | |
1417 | ? m_data[0].GetCount() | |
1418 | : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1419 | ||
1420 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
1421 | { | |
1422 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
1423 | } | |
1424 | ||
1425 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
1426 | { | |
1427 | m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols ); | |
1428 | ||
1429 | size_t i; | |
1430 | for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
1431 | m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i ); | |
1432 | } | |
1433 | ||
1434 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1435 | { | |
1436 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
1437 | { | |
1438 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
1439 | } | |
1440 | } | |
1441 | ||
1442 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
1443 | ||
1444 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1445 | { | |
1446 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1447 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
1448 | pos, | |
1449 | numCols ); | |
1450 | ||
1451 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1452 | } | |
1453 | ||
1454 | return true; | |
1455 | } | |
1456 | ||
1457 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
1458 | { | |
1459 | size_t row; | |
1460 | ||
1461 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1462 | ||
1463 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1464 | { | |
1465 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols ); | |
1466 | } | |
1467 | ||
1468 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
1469 | ||
1470 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1471 | { | |
1472 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1473 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
1474 | numCols ); | |
1475 | ||
1476 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1477 | } | |
1478 | ||
1479 | return true; | |
1480 | } | |
1481 | ||
1482 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
1483 | { | |
1484 | size_t row; | |
1485 | ||
1486 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
1487 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
1488 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
1489 | ||
1490 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
1491 | { | |
1492 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format | |
1493 | ( | |
1494 | wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"), | |
1495 | (unsigned long)pos, | |
1496 | (unsigned long)numCols, | |
1497 | (unsigned long)curNumCols | |
1498 | ) ); | |
1499 | return false; | |
1500 | } | |
1501 | ||
1502 | int colID; | |
1503 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1504 | colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos ); | |
1505 | else | |
1506 | colID = pos; | |
1507 | ||
1508 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID ) | |
1509 | { | |
1510 | numCols = curNumCols - colID; | |
1511 | } | |
1512 | ||
1513 | if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() ) | |
1514 | { | |
1515 | // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only | |
1516 | // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one | |
1517 | // element and not numCols, so account for it | |
1518 | int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID; | |
1519 | if ( nToRm > 0 ) | |
1520 | m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm ); | |
1521 | } | |
1522 | ||
1523 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
1524 | { | |
1525 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1526 | { | |
1527 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
1528 | } | |
1529 | ||
1530 | m_numCols = 0; | |
1531 | } | |
1532 | else // something will be left | |
1533 | { | |
1534 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
1535 | { | |
1536 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols ); | |
1537 | } | |
1538 | ||
1539 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
1540 | } | |
1541 | ||
1542 | if ( GetView() ) | |
1543 | { | |
1544 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
1545 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
1546 | pos, | |
1547 | numCols ); | |
1548 | ||
1549 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
1550 | } | |
1551 | ||
1552 | return true; | |
1553 | } | |
1554 | ||
1555 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
1556 | { | |
1557 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1558 | { | |
1559 | // using default label | |
1560 | // | |
1561 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
1562 | } | |
1563 | else | |
1564 | { | |
1565 | return m_rowLabels[row]; | |
1566 | } | |
1567 | } | |
1568 | ||
1569 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
1570 | { | |
1571 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1572 | { | |
1573 | // using default label | |
1574 | // | |
1575 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
1576 | } | |
1577 | else | |
1578 | { | |
1579 | return m_colLabels[col]; | |
1580 | } | |
1581 | } | |
1582 | ||
1583 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
1584 | { | |
1585 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1586 | { | |
1587 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
1588 | int i; | |
1589 | ||
1590 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
1591 | { | |
1592 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
1593 | } | |
1594 | } | |
1595 | ||
1596 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
1597 | } | |
1598 | ||
1599 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
1600 | { | |
1601 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
1602 | { | |
1603 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
1604 | int i; | |
1605 | ||
1606 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
1607 | { | |
1608 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
1609 | } | |
1610 | } | |
1611 | ||
1612 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
1613 | } | |
1614 | ||
1615 | ||
1616 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1617 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1618 | ||
1619 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow) | |
1620 | EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost) | |
1621 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1622 | ||
1623 | void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1624 | { | |
1625 | m_owner->CancelMouseCapture(); | |
1626 | } | |
1627 | ||
1628 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1629 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1630 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1631 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1632 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1633 | ||
1634 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1635 | { | |
1636 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1637 | ||
1638 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
1639 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
1640 | // set the y coord - MB | |
1641 | // | |
1642 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
1643 | ||
1644 | int x, y; | |
1645 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
1646 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
1647 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y ); | |
1648 | ||
1649 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
1650 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows ); | |
1651 | } | |
1652 | ||
1653 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1654 | { | |
1655 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
1656 | } | |
1657 | ||
1658 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1659 | { | |
1660 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
1661 | event.Skip(); | |
1662 | } | |
1663 | ||
1664 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1665 | ||
1666 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1667 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1668 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1669 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1670 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1671 | ||
1672 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1673 | { | |
1674 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1675 | ||
1676 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
1677 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
1678 | // set the x coord - MB | |
1679 | // | |
1680 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
1681 | ||
1682 | int x, y; | |
1683 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
1684 | wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin(); | |
1685 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
1686 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y ); | |
1687 | else | |
1688 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y ); | |
1689 | ||
1690 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
1691 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols ); | |
1692 | } | |
1693 | ||
1694 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1695 | { | |
1696 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
1697 | } | |
1698 | ||
1699 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1700 | { | |
1701 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
1702 | event.Skip(); | |
1703 | } | |
1704 | ||
1705 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1706 | ||
1707 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1708 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1709 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1710 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1711 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1712 | ||
1713 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1714 | { | |
1715 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1716 | ||
1717 | m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc); | |
1718 | } | |
1719 | ||
1720 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1721 | { | |
1722 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
1723 | } | |
1724 | ||
1725 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1726 | { | |
1727 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1728 | event.Skip(); | |
1729 | } | |
1730 | ||
1731 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1732 | ||
1733 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow ) | |
1734 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
1735 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel ) | |
1736 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
1737 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
1738 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
1739 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar ) | |
1740 | EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
1741 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus ) | |
1742 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
1743 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1744 | ||
1745 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1746 | { | |
1747 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
1748 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
1749 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
1750 | wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
1751 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
1752 | ||
1753 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
1754 | ||
1755 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
1756 | ||
1757 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells ); | |
1758 | } | |
1759 | ||
1760 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
1761 | { | |
1762 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
1763 | m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
1764 | m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
1765 | } | |
1766 | ||
1767 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1768 | { | |
1769 | if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this) | |
1770 | SetFocus(); | |
1771 | ||
1772 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
1773 | } | |
1774 | ||
1775 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
1776 | { | |
1777 | if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event )) | |
1778 | event.Skip(); | |
1779 | } | |
1780 | ||
1781 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
1782 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
1783 | // | |
1784 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
1785 | { | |
1786 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1787 | event.Skip(); | |
1788 | } | |
1789 | ||
1790 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
1791 | { | |
1792 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1793 | event.Skip(); | |
1794 | } | |
1795 | ||
1796 | void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
1797 | { | |
1798 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1799 | event.Skip(); | |
1800 | } | |
1801 | ||
1802 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
1803 | { | |
1804 | } | |
1805 | ||
1806 | void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) | |
1807 | { | |
1808 | // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it | |
1809 | // uses different colour when the grid is not focused: | |
1810 | if ( m_owner->IsSelection() ) | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | Refresh(); | |
1813 | } | |
1814 | else | |
1815 | { | |
1816 | // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other | |
1817 | // branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling | |
1818 | // Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if | |
1819 | // !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh | |
1820 | // only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else" | |
1821 | // branch so that it's always executed. | |
1822 | ||
1823 | // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change: | |
1824 | const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(), | |
1825 | m_owner->GetGridCursorCol()); | |
1826 | const wxRect cursor = | |
1827 | m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords); | |
1828 | Refresh(true, &cursor); | |
1829 | } | |
1830 | ||
1831 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) | |
1832 | event.Skip(); | |
1833 | } | |
1834 | ||
1835 | #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true) | |
1836 | #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true) | |
1837 | ||
1838 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
1839 | ||
1840 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI | |
1841 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
1842 | ||
1843 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
1844 | // new style border flags, we put them first to | |
1845 | // use them for streaming out | |
1846 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1847 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
1848 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
1849 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
1850 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
1851 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
1852 | ||
1853 | // old style border flags | |
1854 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) | |
1855 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
1856 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
1857 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
1858 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
1859 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) | |
1860 | ||
1861 | // standard window styles | |
1862 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) | |
1863 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
1864 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
1865 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
1866 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) | |
1867 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) | |
1868 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
1869 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
1870 | ||
1871 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle ) | |
1872 | ||
1873 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h") | |
1874 | ||
1875 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
1876 | wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children ) | |
1877 | wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style | |
1878 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() | |
1879 | ||
1880 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid) | |
1881 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
1882 | ||
1883 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle ) | |
1884 | ||
1885 | /* | |
1886 | TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo) | |
1887 | */ | |
1888 | #else | |
1889 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
1890 | #endif | |
1891 | ||
1892 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
1893 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
1894 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
1895 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
1896 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
1897 | EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar ) | |
1898 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
1899 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
1900 | ||
1901 | bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
1902 | const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, | |
1903 | long style, const wxString& name) | |
1904 | { | |
1905 | if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size, | |
1906 | style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name)) | |
1907 | return false; | |
1908 | ||
1909 | m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
1910 | m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE); | |
1911 | ||
1912 | Create(); | |
1913 | SetInitialSize(size); | |
1914 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
1915 | CalcDimensions(); | |
1916 | ||
1917 | return true; | |
1918 | } | |
1919 | ||
1920 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
1921 | { | |
1922 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
1923 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
1924 | ||
1925 | // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is, | |
1926 | // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the | |
1927 | // half destroyed grid | |
1928 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
1929 | ||
1930 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
1931 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
1932 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
1933 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
1934 | ||
1935 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
1936 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
1937 | wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
1938 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
1939 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
1940 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
1941 | #endif | |
1942 | ||
1943 | // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it | |
1944 | // with dangling view pointer | |
1945 | if ( m_ownTable ) | |
1946 | delete m_table; | |
1947 | else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this ) | |
1948 | m_table->SetView(NULL); | |
1949 | ||
1950 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
1951 | delete m_selection; | |
1952 | ||
1953 | delete m_setFixedRows; | |
1954 | delete m_setFixedCols; | |
1955 | } | |
1956 | ||
1957 | // | |
1958 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
1959 | // | |
1960 | ||
1961 | // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can | |
1962 | // be removed as well as the #else cases below. | |
1963 | #define _USE_VISATTR 0 | |
1964 | ||
1965 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
1966 | { | |
1967 | // create the type registry | |
1968 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
1969 | ||
1970 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
1971 | ||
1972 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
1973 | ||
1974 | // Set default cell attributes | |
1975 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
1976 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
1977 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1978 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
1979 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
1980 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
1981 | ||
1982 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
1983 | wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
1984 | wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes(); | |
1985 | ||
1986 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg); | |
1987 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg); | |
1988 | ||
1989 | #else | |
1990 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
1991 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
1992 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
1993 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
1994 | #endif | |
1995 | ||
1996 | m_numRows = 0; | |
1997 | m_numCols = 0; | |
1998 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
1999 | ||
2000 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
2001 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this); | |
2002 | CreateColumnWindow(); | |
2003 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this); | |
2004 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this ); | |
2005 | ||
2006 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
2007 | ||
2008 | #if _USE_VISATTR | |
2009 | wxColour gfg = gva.colFg; | |
2010 | wxColour gbg = gva.colBg; | |
2011 | wxColour lfg = lva.colFg; | |
2012 | wxColour lbg = lva.colBg; | |
2013 | #else | |
2014 | wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
2015 | wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW ); | |
2016 | wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT ); | |
2017 | wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE ); | |
2018 | #endif | |
2019 | ||
2020 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
2021 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
2022 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
2023 | m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
2024 | m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg); | |
2025 | m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg); | |
2026 | ||
2027 | m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg); | |
2028 | m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg); | |
2029 | ||
2030 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
2031 | m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour(); | |
2032 | ||
2033 | // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default | |
2034 | // row height | |
2035 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
2036 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
2037 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
2038 | #else | |
2039 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
2040 | #endif | |
2041 | ||
2042 | } | |
2043 | ||
2044 | void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow() | |
2045 | { | |
2046 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2047 | { | |
2048 | m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this); | |
2049 | m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y; | |
2050 | } | |
2051 | else // draw labels ourselves | |
2052 | { | |
2053 | m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this); | |
2054 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
2055 | } | |
2056 | } | |
2057 | ||
2058 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
2059 | wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
2060 | { | |
2061 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
2062 | false, | |
2063 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
2064 | ||
2065 | return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode); | |
2066 | } | |
2067 | ||
2068 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
2069 | { | |
2070 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
2071 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
2072 | ||
2073 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
2074 | } | |
2075 | ||
2076 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const | |
2077 | { | |
2078 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells, | |
2079 | wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
2080 | ||
2081 | return m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
2082 | } | |
2083 | ||
2084 | bool | |
2085 | wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table, | |
2086 | bool takeOwnership, | |
2087 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
2088 | { | |
2089 | bool checkSelection = false; | |
2090 | if ( m_created ) | |
2091 | { | |
2092 | // stop all processing | |
2093 | m_created = false; | |
2094 | ||
2095 | if (m_table) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | m_table->SetView(0); | |
2098 | if( m_ownTable ) | |
2099 | delete m_table; | |
2100 | m_table = NULL; | |
2101 | } | |
2102 | ||
2103 | delete m_selection; | |
2104 | m_selection = NULL; | |
2105 | ||
2106 | m_ownTable = false; | |
2107 | m_numRows = 0; | |
2108 | m_numCols = 0; | |
2109 | checkSelection = true; | |
2110 | ||
2111 | // kill row and column size arrays | |
2112 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
2113 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
2114 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
2115 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
2116 | } | |
2117 | ||
2118 | if (table) | |
2119 | { | |
2120 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
2121 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
2122 | ||
2123 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2124 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
2125 | ||
2126 | m_table = table; | |
2127 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
2128 | m_ownTable = takeOwnership; | |
2129 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
2130 | if (checkSelection) | |
2131 | { | |
2132 | // If the newly set table is smaller than the | |
2133 | // original one current cell and selection regions | |
2134 | // might be invalid, | |
2135 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2136 | m_currentCellCoords = | |
2137 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()), | |
2138 | wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol())); | |
2139 | if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows || | |
2140 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols) | |
2141 | { | |
2142 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2143 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2144 | } | |
2145 | else | |
2146 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
2147 | wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, | |
2148 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()), | |
2149 | wxMin(m_numCols, | |
2150 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol())); | |
2151 | } | |
2152 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2153 | ||
2154 | m_created = true; | |
2155 | } | |
2156 | ||
2157 | return m_created; | |
2158 | } | |
2159 | ||
2160 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
2161 | { | |
2162 | m_created = false; | |
2163 | ||
2164 | m_cornerLabelWin = NULL; | |
2165 | m_rowLabelWin = NULL; | |
2166 | m_colWindow = NULL; | |
2167 | m_gridWin = NULL; | |
2168 | ||
2169 | m_table = NULL; | |
2170 | m_ownTable = false; | |
2171 | ||
2172 | m_selection = NULL; | |
2173 | m_defaultCellAttr = NULL; | |
2174 | m_typeRegistry = NULL; | |
2175 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
2176 | ||
2177 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
2178 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
2179 | ||
2180 | m_setFixedRows = | |
2181 | m_setFixedCols = NULL; | |
2182 | ||
2183 | // init attr cache | |
2184 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
2185 | m_attrCache.col = -1; | |
2186 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
2187 | ||
2188 | m_labelFont = GetFont(); | |
2189 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD ); | |
2190 | ||
2191 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2192 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2193 | ||
2194 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2195 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
2196 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL; | |
2197 | ||
2198 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
2199 | m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation | |
2200 | ||
2201 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
2202 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
2203 | ||
2204 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 ); | |
2205 | m_gridLinesEnabled = true; | |
2206 | m_gridLinesClipHorz = | |
2207 | m_gridLinesClipVert = true; | |
2208 | m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK; | |
2209 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
2210 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
2211 | ||
2212 | m_canDragColMove = false; | |
2213 | ||
2214 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
2215 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
2216 | m_canDragRowSize = true; | |
2217 | m_canDragColSize = true; | |
2218 | m_canDragGridSize = true; | |
2219 | m_canDragCell = false; | |
2220 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
2221 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
2222 | m_isDragging = false; | |
2223 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
2224 | ||
2225 | m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2226 | m_sortIsAscending = true; | |
2227 | ||
2228 | m_useNativeHeader = | |
2229 | m_nativeColumnLabels = false; | |
2230 | ||
2231 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
2232 | ||
2233 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
2234 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
2235 | ||
2236 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2237 | ||
2238 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = | |
2239 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
2240 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2241 | ||
2242 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
2243 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
2244 | ||
2245 | m_editable = true; // default for whole grid | |
2246 | ||
2247 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
2248 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
2249 | ||
2250 | m_extraWidth = | |
2251 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
2252 | ||
2253 | m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
2254 | m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
2255 | } | |
2256 | ||
2257 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2258 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
2259 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
2260 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
2261 | // arrays at all | |
2262 | // | |
2263 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights | |
2264 | // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but | |
2265 | // this is not done currently | |
2266 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2267 | ||
2268 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
2269 | { | |
2270 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
2271 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
2272 | ||
2273 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
2274 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
2275 | ||
2276 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows ); | |
2277 | ||
2278 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
2279 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2280 | { | |
2281 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
2282 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
2283 | } | |
2284 | } | |
2285 | ||
2286 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
2287 | { | |
2288 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
2289 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
2290 | ||
2291 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
2292 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
2293 | ||
2294 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols ); | |
2295 | ||
2296 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
2297 | { | |
2298 | int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth; | |
2299 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
2300 | } | |
2301 | } | |
2302 | ||
2303 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
2304 | { | |
2305 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
2306 | } | |
2307 | ||
2308 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
2309 | { | |
2310 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth | |
2311 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
2312 | } | |
2313 | ||
2314 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
2315 | { | |
2316 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
2317 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
2318 | } | |
2319 | ||
2320 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
2321 | { | |
2322 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
2323 | } | |
2324 | ||
2325 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
2326 | { | |
2327 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
2328 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
2329 | } | |
2330 | ||
2331 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
2332 | { | |
2333 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
2334 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
2335 | } | |
2336 | ||
2337 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
2338 | { | |
2339 | // compute the size of the scrollable area | |
2340 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0; | |
2341 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
2342 | ||
2343 | w += m_extraWidth; | |
2344 | h += m_extraHeight; | |
2345 | ||
2346 | // take into account editor if shown | |
2347 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
2348 | { | |
2349 | int w2, h2; | |
2350 | int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
2351 | int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
2352 | int x = GetColLeft(c); | |
2353 | int y = GetRowTop(r); | |
2354 | ||
2355 | // how big is the editor | |
2356 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c); | |
2357 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c); | |
2358 | editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2); | |
2359 | w2 += x; | |
2360 | h2 += y; | |
2361 | if ( w2 > w ) | |
2362 | w = w2; | |
2363 | if ( h2 > h ) | |
2364 | h = h2; | |
2365 | editor->DecRef(); | |
2366 | attr->DecRef(); | |
2367 | } | |
2368 | ||
2369 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
2370 | int x, y; | |
2371 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
2372 | ||
2373 | // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges | |
2374 | if ( x >= w ) | |
2375 | x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 ); | |
2376 | if ( y >= h ) | |
2377 | y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 ); | |
2378 | ||
2379 | // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it | |
2380 | m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h); | |
2381 | Scroll(x, y); | |
2382 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
2383 | ||
2384 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
2385 | // still must reposition the children | |
2386 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
2387 | } | |
2388 | ||
2389 | wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size) | |
2390 | { | |
2391 | wxSize sizeGridWin(size); | |
2392 | sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
2393 | sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
2394 | ||
2395 | return sizeGridWin; | |
2396 | } | |
2397 | ||
2398 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
2399 | { | |
2400 | // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet | |
2401 | ||
2402 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL ) | |
2403 | return; | |
2404 | ||
2405 | int cw, ch; | |
2406 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2407 | ||
2408 | // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't | |
2409 | // size the windows to negative sizes in this case | |
2410 | int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
2411 | int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight; | |
2412 | if (gw < 0) | |
2413 | gw = 0; | |
2414 | if (gh < 0) | |
2415 | gh = 0; | |
2416 | ||
2417 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
2418 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
2419 | ||
2420 | if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() ) | |
2421 | m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
2422 | ||
2423 | if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
2424 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh ); | |
2425 | ||
2426 | if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
2427 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh ); | |
2428 | } | |
2429 | ||
2430 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message | |
2431 | // to indicate that it has been redimensioned | |
2432 | // | |
2433 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
2434 | { | |
2435 | int i; | |
2436 | bool result = false; | |
2437 | ||
2438 | // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different | |
2439 | // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns. | |
2440 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
2441 | ||
2442 | // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are | |
2443 | // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be | |
2444 | // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes. | |
2445 | // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the | |
2446 | // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist. | |
2447 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
2448 | ||
2449 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
2450 | { | |
2451 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
2452 | { | |
2453 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2454 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2455 | ||
2456 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
2457 | ||
2458 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
2459 | { | |
2460 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows ); | |
2461 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows ); | |
2462 | ||
2463 | int bottom = 0; | |
2464 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
2465 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1]; | |
2466 | ||
2467 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2468 | { | |
2469 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
2470 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
2471 | } | |
2472 | } | |
2473 | ||
2474 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2477 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2478 | // | |
2479 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2480 | } | |
2481 | ||
2482 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2483 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2484 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2485 | if (attrProvider) | |
2486 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2487 | ||
2488 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2489 | { | |
2490 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2491 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
2492 | } | |
2493 | } | |
2494 | result = true; | |
2495 | break; | |
2496 | ||
2497 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
2498 | { | |
2499 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2500 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
2501 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
2502 | ||
2503 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
2504 | { | |
2505 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows ); | |
2506 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows ); | |
2507 | ||
2508 | int bottom = 0; | |
2509 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) | |
2510 | bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1]; | |
2511 | ||
2512 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2513 | { | |
2514 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
2515 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
2516 | } | |
2517 | } | |
2518 | ||
2519 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2520 | { | |
2521 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2522 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2523 | // | |
2524 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2525 | } | |
2526 | ||
2527 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2528 | { | |
2529 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2530 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
2531 | } | |
2532 | } | |
2533 | result = true; | |
2534 | break; | |
2535 | ||
2536 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
2537 | { | |
2538 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2539 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2540 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
2541 | ||
2542 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
2543 | { | |
2544 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
2545 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows ); | |
2546 | ||
2547 | int h = 0; | |
2548 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
2549 | { | |
2550 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
2551 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
2552 | } | |
2553 | } | |
2554 | ||
2555 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
2556 | { | |
2557 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2558 | } | |
2559 | else | |
2560 | { | |
2561 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
2562 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
2563 | } | |
2564 | ||
2565 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2566 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
2567 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2568 | if (attrProvider) | |
2569 | { | |
2570 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
2571 | ||
2572 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
2573 | #if 0 | |
2574 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
2575 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
2576 | // all column attributes. | |
2577 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
2578 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
2579 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
2580 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
2581 | #endif | |
2582 | } | |
2583 | ||
2584 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2585 | { | |
2586 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2587 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
2588 | } | |
2589 | } | |
2590 | result = true; | |
2591 | break; | |
2592 | ||
2593 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
2594 | { | |
2595 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2596 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2597 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
2598 | ||
2599 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2600 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
2601 | ||
2602 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
2603 | { | |
2604 | //Shift the column IDs | |
2605 | int i; | |
2606 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ ) | |
2607 | { | |
2608 | if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos ) | |
2609 | m_colAt[i] += numCols; | |
2610 | } | |
2611 | ||
2612 | m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols ); | |
2613 | ||
2614 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
2615 | for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ ) | |
2616 | { | |
2617 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
2618 | } | |
2619 | } | |
2620 | ||
2621 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
2622 | { | |
2623 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols ); | |
2624 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols ); | |
2625 | ||
2626 | int right = 0; | |
2627 | if ( pos > 0 ) | |
2628 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )]; | |
2629 | ||
2630 | int colPos; | |
2631 | for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2632 | { | |
2633 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2634 | ||
2635 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
2636 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
2637 | } | |
2638 | } | |
2639 | ||
2640 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2641 | { | |
2642 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2643 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2644 | // | |
2645 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2646 | } | |
2647 | ||
2648 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2649 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2650 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2651 | if (attrProvider) | |
2652 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2653 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2654 | { | |
2655 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2656 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
2657 | } | |
2658 | } | |
2659 | result = true; | |
2660 | break; | |
2661 | ||
2662 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
2663 | { | |
2664 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2665 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
2666 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
2667 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2668 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
2669 | ||
2670 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
2671 | { | |
2672 | m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
2673 | ||
2674 | //Set the new columns' positions | |
2675 | int i; | |
2676 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
2677 | { | |
2678 | m_colAt[i] = i; | |
2679 | } | |
2680 | } | |
2681 | ||
2682 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
2683 | { | |
2684 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols ); | |
2685 | m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols ); | |
2686 | ||
2687 | int right = 0; | |
2688 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) | |
2689 | right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )]; | |
2690 | ||
2691 | int colPos; | |
2692 | for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2693 | { | |
2694 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2695 | ||
2696 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
2697 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
2698 | } | |
2699 | } | |
2700 | ||
2701 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
2702 | { | |
2703 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
2704 | // cell will be undefined... | |
2705 | // | |
2706 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
2707 | } | |
2708 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2709 | { | |
2710 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2711 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
2712 | } | |
2713 | } | |
2714 | result = true; | |
2715 | break; | |
2716 | ||
2717 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
2718 | { | |
2719 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
2720 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
2721 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
2722 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
2723 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
2724 | ||
2725 | if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() ) | |
2726 | { | |
2727 | int colID = GetColAt( pos ); | |
2728 | ||
2729 | m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
2730 | ||
2731 | //Shift the column IDs | |
2732 | int colPos; | |
2733 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2734 | { | |
2735 | if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID ) | |
2736 | m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols; | |
2737 | } | |
2738 | } | |
2739 | ||
2740 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
2741 | { | |
2742 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
2743 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols ); | |
2744 | ||
2745 | int w = 0; | |
2746 | int colPos; | |
2747 | for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2748 | { | |
2749 | i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2750 | ||
2751 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
2752 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
2753 | } | |
2754 | } | |
2755 | ||
2756 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
2757 | { | |
2758 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
2759 | } | |
2760 | else | |
2761 | { | |
2762 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
2763 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
2764 | } | |
2765 | ||
2766 | if ( m_selection ) | |
2767 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
2768 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
2769 | if (attrProvider) | |
2770 | { | |
2771 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
2772 | ||
2773 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
2774 | #if 0 | |
2775 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
2776 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
2777 | // all row attributes. | |
2778 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
2779 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
2780 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
2781 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
2782 | #endif | |
2783 | } | |
2784 | ||
2785 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2786 | { | |
2787 | CalcDimensions(); | |
2788 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
2789 | } | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | result = true; | |
2792 | break; | |
2793 | } | |
2794 | ||
2795 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
2796 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
2797 | ||
2798 | return result; | |
2799 | } | |
2800 | ||
2801 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
2802 | { | |
2803 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
2804 | wxRect r; | |
2805 | ||
2806 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
2807 | ||
2808 | int top, bottom; | |
2809 | while ( iter ) | |
2810 | { | |
2811 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
2812 | ||
2813 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
2814 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
2815 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
2816 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
2817 | // | |
2818 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2819 | int cw, ch; | |
2820 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2821 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) | |
2822 | r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
2823 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
2824 | #endif | |
2825 | ||
2826 | // logical bounds of update region | |
2827 | // | |
2828 | int dummy; | |
2829 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
2830 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
2831 | ||
2832 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
2833 | // | |
2834 | int row; | |
2835 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
2836 | { | |
2837 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
2838 | continue; | |
2839 | ||
2840 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
2841 | break; | |
2842 | ||
2843 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
2844 | } | |
2845 | ||
2846 | ++iter; | |
2847 | } | |
2848 | ||
2849 | return rowlabels; | |
2850 | } | |
2851 | ||
2852 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
2853 | { | |
2854 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
2855 | wxRect r; | |
2856 | ||
2857 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
2858 | ||
2859 | int left, right; | |
2860 | while ( iter ) | |
2861 | { | |
2862 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
2863 | ||
2864 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
2865 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
2866 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
2867 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
2868 | // | |
2869 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2870 | int cw, ch; | |
2871 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2872 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) | |
2873 | r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
2874 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
2875 | #endif | |
2876 | ||
2877 | // logical bounds of update region | |
2878 | // | |
2879 | int dummy; | |
2880 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
2881 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
2882 | ||
2883 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
2884 | // | |
2885 | int col; | |
2886 | int colPos; | |
2887 | for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
2888 | { | |
2889 | col = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
2890 | ||
2891 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
2892 | continue; | |
2893 | ||
2894 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
2895 | break; | |
2896 | ||
2897 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
2898 | } | |
2899 | ||
2900 | ++iter; | |
2901 | } | |
2902 | ||
2903 | return colLabels; | |
2904 | } | |
2905 | ||
2906 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const | |
2907 | { | |
2908 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
2909 | wxRect r; | |
2910 | ||
2911 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
2912 | ||
2913 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
2914 | while ( iter ) | |
2915 | { | |
2916 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
2917 | ||
2918 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
2919 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
2920 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
2921 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
2922 | // | |
2923 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
2924 | int cw, ch; | |
2925 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2926 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
2927 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
2928 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
2929 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
2930 | #endif | |
2931 | ||
2932 | // logical bounds of update region | |
2933 | // | |
2934 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
2935 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
2936 | ||
2937 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
2938 | wxArrayInt cols; | |
2939 | for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
2940 | { | |
2941 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
2942 | continue; | |
2943 | ||
2944 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
2945 | break; | |
2946 | ||
2947 | // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which | |
2948 | // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once | |
2949 | // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones | |
2950 | if ( cols.empty() ) | |
2951 | { | |
2952 | // do determine the dirty columns | |
2953 | for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ ) | |
2954 | cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos)); | |
2955 | ||
2956 | // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do | |
2957 | if ( cols.empty() ) | |
2958 | break; | |
2959 | } | |
2960 | ||
2961 | const size_t count = cols.size(); | |
2962 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2963 | cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n])); | |
2964 | } | |
2965 | ||
2966 | ++iter; | |
2967 | } | |
2968 | ||
2969 | return cellsExposed; | |
2970 | } | |
2971 | ||
2972 | ||
2973 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
2974 | { | |
2975 | int x, y, row; | |
2976 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
2977 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
2978 | ||
2979 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
2980 | { | |
2981 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
2982 | { | |
2983 | m_isDragging = true; | |
2984 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
2985 | } | |
2986 | ||
2987 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
2988 | { | |
2989 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
2990 | { | |
2991 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
2992 | { | |
2993 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
2994 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
2995 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
2996 | ||
2997 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
2998 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
2999 | y = wxMax( y, | |
3000 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
3001 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
3002 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
3003 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3004 | { | |
3005 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
3006 | } | |
3007 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
3008 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
3009 | } | |
3010 | break; | |
3011 | ||
3012 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
3013 | { | |
3014 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
3015 | { | |
3016 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3017 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
3018 | } | |
3019 | } | |
3020 | break; | |
3021 | ||
3022 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
3023 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
3024 | default: | |
3025 | break; | |
3026 | } | |
3027 | } | |
3028 | return; | |
3029 | } | |
3030 | ||
3031 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
3032 | return; | |
3033 | ||
3034 | if (m_isDragging) | |
3035 | { | |
3036 | if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture()) | |
3037 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
3038 | m_isDragging = false; | |
3039 | } | |
3040 | ||
3041 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
3042 | // | |
3043 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
3044 | { | |
3045 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3046 | } | |
3047 | ||
3048 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
3049 | // | |
3050 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
3051 | { | |
3052 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
3053 | if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) | |
3054 | { | |
3055 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3056 | } | |
3057 | else // not a request to start resizing | |
3058 | { | |
3059 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3060 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
3061 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3062 | { | |
3063 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
3064 | ClearSelection(); | |
3065 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3066 | { | |
3067 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
3068 | { | |
3069 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
3070 | ( | |
3071 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0, | |
3072 | row, GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
3073 | event | |
3074 | ); | |
3075 | } | |
3076 | else | |
3077 | { | |
3078 | m_selection->SelectRow(row, event); | |
3079 | } | |
3080 | } | |
3081 | ||
3082 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3083 | } | |
3084 | } | |
3085 | } | |
3086 | ||
3087 | // ------------ Left double click | |
3088 | // | |
3089 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
3090 | { | |
3091 | row = YToEdgeOfRow(y); | |
3092 | if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) ) | |
3093 | { | |
3094 | // adjust row height depending on label text | |
3095 | // | |
3096 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
3097 | AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row ); | |
3098 | ||
3099 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event); | |
3100 | ||
3101 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3102 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3103 | } | |
3104 | else // not on row separator or it's not resizeable | |
3105 | { | |
3106 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3107 | if ( row >=0 && | |
3108 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3109 | { | |
3110 | // no default action at the moment | |
3111 | } | |
3112 | } | |
3113 | } | |
3114 | ||
3115 | // ------------ Left button released | |
3116 | // | |
3117 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
3118 | { | |
3119 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
3120 | DoEndDragResizeRow(event); | |
3121 | ||
3122 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3123 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3124 | } | |
3125 | ||
3126 | // ------------ Right button down | |
3127 | // | |
3128 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3129 | { | |
3130 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3131 | if ( row >=0 && | |
3132 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3133 | { | |
3134 | // no default action at the moment | |
3135 | } | |
3136 | } | |
3137 | ||
3138 | // ------------ Right double click | |
3139 | // | |
3140 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3141 | { | |
3142 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3143 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
3144 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3145 | { | |
3146 | // no default action at the moment | |
3147 | } | |
3148 | } | |
3149 | ||
3150 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
3151 | // | |
3152 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
3153 | { | |
3154 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
3155 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3156 | { | |
3157 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3158 | { | |
3159 | if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) | |
3160 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
3161 | } | |
3162 | } | |
3163 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3164 | { | |
3165 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false); | |
3166 | } | |
3167 | } | |
3168 | } | |
3169 | ||
3170 | void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col) | |
3171 | { | |
3172 | wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" ); | |
3173 | ||
3174 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
3175 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
3176 | else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
3177 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
3178 | //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version | |
3179 | } | |
3180 | ||
3181 | void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending) | |
3182 | { | |
3183 | if ( col == m_sortCol ) | |
3184 | { | |
3185 | // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all) | |
3186 | // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it | |
3187 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending ) | |
3188 | { | |
3189 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; | |
3190 | ||
3191 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); | |
3192 | } | |
3193 | } | |
3194 | else // we're changing the column used for sorting | |
3195 | { | |
3196 | const int sortColOld = m_sortCol; | |
3197 | ||
3198 | // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn() | |
3199 | // to return the correct new value | |
3200 | m_sortCol = col; | |
3201 | ||
3202 | if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3203 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld); | |
3204 | ||
3205 | if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3206 | { | |
3207 | m_sortIsAscending = ascending; | |
3208 | UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol); | |
3209 | } | |
3210 | } | |
3211 | } | |
3212 | ||
3213 | void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col) | |
3214 | { | |
3215 | // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and | |
3216 | // not vetoed | |
3217 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 ) | |
3218 | { | |
3219 | SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true); | |
3220 | Refresh(); | |
3221 | } | |
3222 | } | |
3223 | ||
3224 | void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col) | |
3225 | { | |
3226 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; | |
3227 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3228 | DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
3229 | } | |
3230 | ||
3231 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x) | |
3232 | { | |
3233 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
3234 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3235 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
3236 | ||
3237 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
3238 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3239 | ||
3240 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
3241 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
3242 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3243 | { | |
3244 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch ); | |
3245 | } | |
3246 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch ); | |
3247 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
3248 | } | |
3249 | ||
3250 | void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w) | |
3251 | { | |
3252 | DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w); | |
3253 | } | |
3254 | ||
3255 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3256 | { | |
3257 | int x, y; | |
3258 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
3259 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
3260 | ||
3261 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
3262 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
3263 | { | |
3264 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
3265 | { | |
3266 | m_isDragging = true; | |
3267 | GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse(); | |
3268 | ||
3269 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 ) | |
3270 | DoStartMoveCol(col); | |
3271 | } | |
3272 | ||
3273 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
3274 | { | |
3275 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3276 | { | |
3277 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3278 | DoUpdateResizeCol(x); | |
3279 | break; | |
3280 | ||
3281 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
3282 | { | |
3283 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
3284 | { | |
3285 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3286 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
3287 | } | |
3288 | } | |
3289 | break; | |
3290 | ||
3291 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
3292 | { | |
3293 | int posNew = XToPos(x); | |
3294 | int colNew = GetColAt(posNew); | |
3295 | ||
3296 | // determine the position of the drop marker | |
3297 | int markerX; | |
3298 | if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) ) | |
3299 | markerX = GetColRight(colNew); | |
3300 | else | |
3301 | markerX = GetColLeft(colNew); | |
3302 | ||
3303 | if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos ) | |
3304 | { | |
3305 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); | |
3306 | DoPrepareDC(dc); | |
3307 | ||
3308 | int cw, ch; | |
3309 | GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3310 | ||
3311 | markerX++; | |
3312 | ||
3313 | //Clean up the last indicator | |
3314 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3315 | { | |
3316 | wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 ); | |
3317 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
3318 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch ); | |
3319 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
3320 | ||
3321 | if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 ) | |
3322 | DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) ); | |
3323 | } | |
3324 | ||
3325 | const wxColour *color; | |
3326 | //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker | |
3327 | if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol ) | |
3328 | color = wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
3329 | else | |
3330 | color = wxBLUE; | |
3331 | ||
3332 | //Draw the marker | |
3333 | wxPen pen( *color, 2 ); | |
3334 | dc.SetPen(pen); | |
3335 | ||
3336 | dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch ); | |
3337 | ||
3338 | dc.SetPen(wxNullPen); | |
3339 | ||
3340 | m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1; | |
3341 | } | |
3342 | } | |
3343 | break; | |
3344 | ||
3345 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
3346 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
3347 | default: | |
3348 | break; | |
3349 | } | |
3350 | } | |
3351 | return; | |
3352 | } | |
3353 | ||
3354 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
3355 | return; | |
3356 | ||
3357 | if (m_isDragging) | |
3358 | { | |
3359 | if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture()) | |
3360 | GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse(); | |
3361 | m_isDragging = false; | |
3362 | } | |
3363 | ||
3364 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
3365 | // | |
3366 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
3367 | { | |
3368 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3369 | } | |
3370 | ||
3371 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
3372 | // | |
3373 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
3374 | { | |
3375 | int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
3376 | if ( col != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(col) ) | |
3377 | { | |
3378 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3379 | } | |
3380 | else // not a request to start resizing | |
3381 | { | |
3382 | col = XToCol(x); | |
3383 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3384 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3385 | { | |
3386 | if ( m_canDragColMove ) | |
3387 | { | |
3388 | //Show button as pressed | |
3389 | wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() ); | |
3390 | int colLeft = GetColLeft( col ); | |
3391 | int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1; | |
3392 | dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) ); | |
3393 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
3394 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 ); | |
3395 | ||
3396 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3397 | } | |
3398 | else | |
3399 | { | |
3400 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() ) | |
3401 | ClearSelection(); | |
3402 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3403 | { | |
3404 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
3405 | { | |
3406 | m_selection->SelectBlock | |
3407 | ( | |
3408 | 0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
3409 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
3410 | event | |
3411 | ); | |
3412 | } | |
3413 | else | |
3414 | { | |
3415 | m_selection->SelectCol(col, event); | |
3416 | } | |
3417 | } | |
3418 | ||
3419 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3420 | } | |
3421 | } | |
3422 | } | |
3423 | } | |
3424 | ||
3425 | // ------------ Left double click | |
3426 | // | |
3427 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
3428 | { | |
3429 | const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x); | |
3430 | if ( colEdge == -1 ) | |
3431 | { | |
3432 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3433 | ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3434 | { | |
3435 | // no default action at the moment | |
3436 | } | |
3437 | } | |
3438 | else | |
3439 | { | |
3440 | // adjust column width depending on label text | |
3441 | // | |
3442 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
3443 | AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge ); | |
3444 | ||
3445 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event); | |
3446 | ||
3447 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3448 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3449 | } | |
3450 | } | |
3451 | ||
3452 | // ------------ Left button released | |
3453 | // | |
3454 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
3455 | { | |
3456 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3457 | { | |
3458 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3459 | DoEndDragResizeCol(event); | |
3460 | break; | |
3461 | ||
3462 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
3463 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol ) | |
3464 | { | |
3465 | // the column didn't actually move anywhere | |
3466 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
3467 | DoColHeaderClick(col); | |
3468 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); // "unpress" the column | |
3469 | } | |
3470 | else | |
3471 | { | |
3472 | DoEndMoveCol(XToPos(x)); | |
3473 | } | |
3474 | break; | |
3475 | ||
3476 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
3477 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
3478 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
3479 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
3480 | if ( col != -1 ) | |
3481 | DoColHeaderClick(col); | |
3482 | break; | |
3483 | } | |
3484 | ||
3485 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow()); | |
3486 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3487 | } | |
3488 | ||
3489 | // ------------ Right button down | |
3490 | // | |
3491 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3492 | { | |
3493 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3494 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3495 | { | |
3496 | // no default action at the moment | |
3497 | } | |
3498 | } | |
3499 | ||
3500 | // ------------ Right double click | |
3501 | // | |
3502 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3503 | { | |
3504 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
3505 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
3506 | { | |
3507 | // no default action at the moment | |
3508 | } | |
3509 | } | |
3510 | ||
3511 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
3512 | // | |
3513 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
3514 | { | |
3515 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
3516 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
3517 | { | |
3518 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3519 | { | |
3520 | if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) ) | |
3521 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); | |
3522 | } | |
3523 | } | |
3524 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3525 | { | |
3526 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false); | |
3527 | } | |
3528 | } | |
3529 | } | |
3530 | ||
3531 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
3534 | { | |
3535 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
3536 | // col args == -1 | |
3537 | // | |
3538 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
3539 | { | |
3540 | SelectAll(); | |
3541 | } | |
3542 | } | |
3543 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
3544 | { | |
3545 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
3546 | } | |
3547 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3548 | { | |
3549 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
3550 | { | |
3551 | // no default action at the moment | |
3552 | } | |
3553 | } | |
3554 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3555 | { | |
3556 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
3557 | { | |
3558 | // no default action at the moment | |
3559 | } | |
3560 | } | |
3561 | } | |
3562 | ||
3563 | void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture() | |
3564 | { | |
3565 | // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is | |
3566 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
3567 | { | |
3568 | m_isDragging = false; | |
3569 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
3570 | ||
3571 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
3572 | m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
3573 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
3574 | ||
3575 | // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen | |
3576 | Refresh(); | |
3577 | } | |
3578 | } | |
3579 | ||
3580 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
3581 | wxWindow *win, | |
3582 | bool captureMouse) | |
3583 | { | |
3584 | #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE | |
3585 | static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] = | |
3586 | { | |
3587 | wxT("SELECT_CELL"), | |
3588 | wxT("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
3589 | wxT("RESIZE_COL"), | |
3590 | wxT("SELECT_ROW"), | |
3591 | wxT("SELECT_COL"), | |
3592 | wxT("MOVE_COL"), | |
3593 | }; | |
3594 | ||
3595 | wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"), | |
3596 | wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
3597 | win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin") | |
3598 | : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin") | |
3599 | : wxT("gridWin"), | |
3600 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
3601 | #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE | |
3602 | ||
3603 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
3604 | win == m_winCapture && | |
3605 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
3606 | return; | |
3607 | ||
3608 | if ( !win ) | |
3609 | { | |
3610 | // by default use the grid itself | |
3611 | win = m_gridWin; | |
3612 | } | |
3613 | ||
3614 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
3615 | { | |
3616 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
3617 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
3618 | } | |
3619 | ||
3620 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
3621 | ||
3622 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3623 | { | |
3624 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
3625 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
3626 | break; | |
3627 | ||
3628 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3629 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
3630 | break; | |
3631 | ||
3632 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL: | |
3633 | win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) ); | |
3634 | break; | |
3635 | ||
3636 | default: | |
3637 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
3638 | break; | |
3639 | } | |
3640 | ||
3641 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
3642 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
3643 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
3644 | ||
3645 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
3646 | { | |
3647 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
3648 | m_winCapture = win; | |
3649 | } | |
3650 | } | |
3651 | ||
3652 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3653 | // grid mouse event processing | |
3654 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3655 | ||
3656 | void | |
3657 | wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
3658 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3659 | bool isFirstDrag) | |
3660 | { | |
3661 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3662 | return; // we're outside any valid cell | |
3663 | ||
3664 | // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
3665 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
3666 | { | |
3667 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
3668 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
3669 | } | |
3670 | ||
3671 | switch ( event.GetModifiers() ) | |
3672 | { | |
3673 | case wxMOD_CMD: | |
3674 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
3675 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3676 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords); | |
3677 | break; | |
3678 | ||
3679 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
3680 | if ( CanDragCell() ) | |
3681 | { | |
3682 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
3683 | { | |
3684 | if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
3685 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3686 | ||
3687 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event); | |
3688 | return; | |
3689 | } | |
3690 | } | |
3691 | ||
3692 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
3693 | break; | |
3694 | ||
3695 | default: | |
3696 | // we don't handle the other key modifiers | |
3697 | event.Skip(); | |
3698 | } | |
3699 | } | |
3700 | ||
3701 | void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
3702 | { | |
3703 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
3704 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
3705 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
3706 | ||
3707 | const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)), | |
3708 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize()); | |
3709 | ||
3710 | // erase the previously drawn line, if any | |
3711 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3712 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
3713 | ||
3714 | // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here | |
3715 | m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition())); | |
3716 | ||
3717 | // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size | |
3718 | const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
3719 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
3720 | if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin ) | |
3721 | m_dragLastPos = posMin; | |
3722 | ||
3723 | // and draw it at the new position | |
3724 | oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos); | |
3725 | } | |
3726 | ||
3727 | void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
3728 | { | |
3729 | if ( !m_isDragging ) | |
3730 | { | |
3731 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far | |
3732 | // enough | |
3733 | const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition(); | |
3734 | if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition ) | |
3735 | { | |
3736 | m_startDragPos = pt; | |
3737 | return; | |
3738 | } | |
3739 | ||
3740 | if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY && | |
3741 | abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY ) | |
3742 | return; | |
3743 | } | |
3744 | ||
3745 | const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging; | |
3746 | m_isDragging = true; | |
3747 | ||
3748 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
3749 | { | |
3750 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL: | |
3751 | DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag); | |
3752 | break; | |
3753 | ||
3754 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
3755 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
3756 | break; | |
3757 | ||
3758 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3759 | DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
3760 | break; | |
3761 | ||
3762 | default: | |
3763 | event.Skip(); | |
3764 | } | |
3765 | ||
3766 | if ( isFirstDrag ) | |
3767 | { | |
3768 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" ); | |
3769 | ||
3770 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
3771 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
3772 | } | |
3773 | } | |
3774 | ||
3775 | void | |
3776 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
3777 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3778 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
3779 | { | |
3780 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) ) | |
3781 | { | |
3782 | // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here | |
3783 | return; | |
3784 | } | |
3785 | ||
3786 | if ( !event.CmdDown() ) | |
3787 | ClearSelection(); | |
3788 | ||
3789 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
3790 | { | |
3791 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3792 | { | |
3793 | m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event); | |
3794 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3795 | } | |
3796 | } | |
3797 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
3798 | { | |
3799 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
3800 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
3801 | ||
3802 | if ( event.CmdDown() ) | |
3803 | { | |
3804 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3805 | { | |
3806 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event); | |
3807 | } | |
3808 | ||
3809 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3810 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3811 | m_selectedBlockCorner = coords; | |
3812 | } | |
3813 | else | |
3814 | { | |
3815 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3816 | { | |
3817 | // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell | |
3818 | // should select the row or column containing it: this is more | |
3819 | // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection | |
3820 | // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062). | |
3821 | switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) | |
3822 | { | |
3823 | case wxGridSelectCells: | |
3824 | case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: | |
3825 | // nothing to do in these cases | |
3826 | break; | |
3827 | ||
3828 | case wxGridSelectRows: | |
3829 | m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow()); | |
3830 | break; | |
3831 | ||
3832 | case wxGridSelectColumns: | |
3833 | m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol()); | |
3834 | break; | |
3835 | } | |
3836 | } | |
3837 | ||
3838 | m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && | |
3839 | coords != wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3840 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
3841 | } | |
3842 | } | |
3843 | } | |
3844 | ||
3845 | void | |
3846 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event, | |
3847 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3848 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
3849 | { | |
3850 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 ) | |
3851 | { | |
3852 | if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) ) | |
3853 | { | |
3854 | // we want double click to select a cell and start editing | |
3855 | // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks): | |
3856 | m_waitForSlowClick = true; | |
3857 | } | |
3858 | } | |
3859 | } | |
3860 | ||
3861 | void | |
3862 | wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords) | |
3863 | { | |
3864 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3865 | { | |
3866 | if (m_winCapture) | |
3867 | { | |
3868 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
3869 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
3870 | } | |
3871 | ||
3872 | if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
3873 | { | |
3874 | ClearSelection(); | |
3875 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
3876 | ||
3877 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
3878 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
3879 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
3880 | editor->DecRef(); | |
3881 | attr->DecRef(); | |
3882 | ||
3883 | m_waitForSlowClick = false; | |
3884 | } | |
3885 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
3886 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3887 | { | |
3888 | if ( m_selection ) | |
3889 | { | |
3890 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
3891 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
3892 | event ); | |
3893 | } | |
3894 | ||
3895 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3896 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3897 | ||
3898 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
3899 | // drag-shrinking. | |
3900 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
3901 | } | |
3902 | } | |
3903 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
3904 | { | |
3905 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3906 | DoEndDragResizeRow(event); | |
3907 | } | |
3908 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
3909 | { | |
3910 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3911 | DoEndDragResizeCol(event); | |
3912 | } | |
3913 | ||
3914 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3915 | } | |
3916 | ||
3917 | void | |
3918 | wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event), | |
3919 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
3920 | const wxPoint& pos) | |
3921 | { | |
3922 | if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 ) | |
3923 | { | |
3924 | // out of grid cell area | |
3925 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3926 | return; | |
3927 | } | |
3928 | ||
3929 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y ); | |
3930 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x ); | |
3931 | ||
3932 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
3933 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
3934 | // | |
3935 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
3936 | { | |
3937 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3938 | return; | |
3939 | } | |
3940 | ||
3941 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) ) | |
3942 | { | |
3943 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3944 | { | |
3945 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
3946 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false); | |
3947 | } | |
3948 | } | |
3949 | // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by | |
3950 | // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the | |
3951 | // column resizing mode programmatically | |
3952 | else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader && | |
3953 | CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) ) | |
3954 | { | |
3955 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3956 | { | |
3957 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
3958 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false); | |
3959 | } | |
3960 | } | |
3961 | else // Neither on a row or col edge | |
3962 | { | |
3963 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3964 | { | |
3965 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
3966 | } | |
3967 | } | |
3968 | } | |
3969 | ||
3970 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event) | |
3971 | { | |
3972 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
3973 | { | |
3974 | // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging | |
3975 | // if they happen so return before anything else is done | |
3976 | event.Skip(); | |
3977 | return; | |
3978 | } | |
3979 | ||
3980 | const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()); | |
3981 | ||
3982 | // coordinates of the cell under mouse | |
3983 | wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos); | |
3984 | ||
3985 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
3986 | GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
3987 | if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) ) | |
3988 | { | |
3989 | coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows); | |
3990 | coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols); | |
3991 | } | |
3992 | ||
3993 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
3994 | { | |
3995 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
3996 | DoGridDragEvent(event, coords); | |
3997 | else | |
3998 | event.Skip(); | |
3999 | return; | |
4000 | } | |
4001 | ||
4002 | m_isDragging = false; | |
4003 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4004 | ||
4005 | // deal with various button presses | |
4006 | if ( event.IsButton() ) | |
4007 | { | |
4008 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4009 | { | |
4010 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4011 | ||
4012 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4013 | DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos); | |
4014 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4015 | DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos); | |
4016 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4017 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event); | |
4018 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4019 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event); | |
4020 | } | |
4021 | ||
4022 | // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell | |
4023 | if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4024 | { | |
4025 | DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords); | |
4026 | } | |
4027 | } | |
4028 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4029 | { | |
4030 | DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos); | |
4031 | } | |
4032 | else // unknown mouse event? | |
4033 | { | |
4034 | event.Skip(); | |
4035 | } | |
4036 | } | |
4037 | ||
4038 | // this function returns true only if the size really changed | |
4039 | bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
4040 | { | |
4041 | if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 ) | |
4042 | return false; | |
4043 | ||
4044 | const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual(); | |
4045 | ||
4046 | const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize(); | |
4047 | ||
4048 | const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)); | |
4049 | ||
4050 | // erase the last line we drew | |
4051 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
4052 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
4053 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4054 | ||
4055 | const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin); | |
4056 | const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size); | |
4057 | ||
4058 | oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos); | |
4059 | ||
4060 | // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing | |
4061 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4062 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
4063 | ||
4064 | // do resize the line | |
4065 | const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
4066 | const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol); | |
4067 | oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol, | |
4068 | wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart, | |
4069 | oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol))); | |
4070 | const bool | |
4071 | sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld; | |
4072 | ||
4073 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4074 | ||
4075 | // refresh now if we're not frozen | |
4076 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4077 | { | |
4078 | // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header | |
4079 | // window | |
4080 | ||
4081 | // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction | |
4082 | wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0))); | |
4083 | rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition())); | |
4084 | ||
4085 | // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here, | |
4086 | // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction | |
4087 | oper.Select(rect) = 0; | |
4088 | ||
4089 | wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(), | |
4090 | oper.MakeSize | |
4091 | ( | |
4092 | oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this), | |
4093 | doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect) | |
4094 | )); | |
4095 | ||
4096 | oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader); | |
4097 | ||
4098 | ||
4099 | // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle | |
4100 | if ( m_table ) | |
4101 | { | |
4102 | oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size); | |
4103 | ||
4104 | int subtractLines = 0; | |
4105 | const int lineStart = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart); | |
4106 | if ( lineStart >= 0 ) | |
4107 | { | |
4108 | // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of | |
4109 | // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a | |
4110 | // part of it is affected | |
4111 | const int lineEnd = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true); | |
4112 | for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ ) | |
4113 | { | |
4114 | int cellLines = oper.Select( | |
4115 | GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line))); | |
4116 | if ( cellLines < subtractLines ) | |
4117 | subtractLines = cellLines; | |
4118 | } | |
4119 | } | |
4120 | ||
4121 | int startPos = | |
4122 | oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines); | |
4123 | startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos); | |
4124 | ||
4125 | doper.Select(rect) = startPos; | |
4126 | doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos; | |
4127 | ||
4128 | m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect); | |
4129 | } | |
4130 | } | |
4131 | ||
4132 | // show the edit control back again | |
4133 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
4134 | ||
4135 | return sizeChanged; | |
4136 | } | |
4137 | ||
4138 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event) | |
4139 | { | |
4140 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
4141 | ||
4142 | if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) ) | |
4143 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event); | |
4144 | } | |
4145 | ||
4146 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event) | |
4147 | { | |
4148 | // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754 | |
4149 | ||
4150 | if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) ) | |
4151 | SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event); | |
4152 | } | |
4153 | ||
4154 | void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col) | |
4155 | { | |
4156 | m_dragRowOrCol = col; | |
4157 | } | |
4158 | ||
4159 | void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos) | |
4160 | { | |
4161 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" ); | |
4162 | ||
4163 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 ) | |
4164 | SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos); | |
4165 | //else: vetoed by user | |
4166 | ||
4167 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
4168 | } | |
4169 | ||
4170 | void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange() | |
4171 | { | |
4172 | // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed, | |
4173 | // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the | |
4174 | // same and it's easy to do | |
4175 | if ( !m_colWidths.empty() ) | |
4176 | { | |
4177 | int colRight = 0; | |
4178 | for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
4179 | { | |
4180 | int colID = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
4181 | ||
4182 | colRight += m_colWidths[colID]; | |
4183 | m_colRights[colID] = colRight; | |
4184 | } | |
4185 | } | |
4186 | ||
4187 | // and make the changes visible | |
4188 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
4189 | { | |
4190 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) | |
4191 | GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder(); | |
4192 | else | |
4193 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt); | |
4194 | } | |
4195 | else | |
4196 | { | |
4197 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
4198 | } | |
4199 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4200 | } | |
4201 | ||
4202 | void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) | |
4203 | { | |
4204 | m_colAt = order; | |
4205 | ||
4206 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
4207 | } | |
4208 | ||
4209 | void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos) | |
4210 | { | |
4211 | // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed | |
4212 | if ( m_colAt.empty() ) | |
4213 | { | |
4214 | m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols); | |
4215 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4216 | m_colAt.push_back(i); | |
4217 | } | |
4218 | ||
4219 | wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos); | |
4220 | ||
4221 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
4222 | } | |
4223 | ||
4224 | void wxGrid::ResetColPos() | |
4225 | { | |
4226 | m_colAt.clear(); | |
4227 | ||
4228 | RefreshAfterColPosChange(); | |
4229 | } | |
4230 | ||
4231 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable ) | |
4232 | { | |
4233 | if ( m_canDragColMove == enable ) | |
4234 | return; | |
4235 | ||
4236 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
4237 | { | |
4238 | // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable | |
4239 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
4240 | } | |
4241 | ||
4242 | m_canDragColMove = enable; | |
4243 | ||
4244 | // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem | |
4245 | // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current | |
4246 | // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired | |
4247 | // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed | |
4248 | } | |
4249 | ||
4250 | ||
4251 | // | |
4252 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
4253 | // | |
4254 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4255 | { | |
4256 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4257 | { | |
4258 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
4259 | return GetModelValues(); | |
4260 | ||
4261 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
4262 | return SetModelValues(); | |
4263 | ||
4264 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4265 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4266 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4267 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4268 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4269 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4270 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
4271 | ||
4272 | default: | |
4273 | return false; | |
4274 | } | |
4275 | } | |
4276 | ||
4277 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
4278 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
4279 | // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
4280 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
4281 | // | |
4282 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
4283 | { | |
4284 | if ( m_table ) | |
4285 | { | |
4286 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
4287 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4288 | ||
4289 | m_table->Clear(); | |
4290 | if (!GetBatchCount()) | |
4291 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4292 | } | |
4293 | } | |
4294 | ||
4295 | bool | |
4296 | wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t), | |
4297 | int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4298 | { | |
4299 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
4300 | ||
4301 | if ( !m_table ) | |
4302 | return false; | |
4303 | ||
4304 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
4305 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4306 | ||
4307 | return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num); | |
4308 | ||
4309 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
4310 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4311 | } | |
4312 | ||
4313 | bool | |
4314 | wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t), | |
4315 | int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels)) | |
4316 | { | |
4317 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" ); | |
4318 | ||
4319 | if ( !m_table ) | |
4320 | return false; | |
4321 | ||
4322 | return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num); | |
4323 | } | |
4324 | ||
4325 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4326 | // event generation helpers | |
4327 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4328 | ||
4329 | void | |
4330 | wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type, | |
4331 | int row, int col, | |
4332 | const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) | |
4333 | { | |
4334 | int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row; | |
4335 | ||
4336 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4337 | type, | |
4338 | this, | |
4339 | rowOrCol, | |
4340 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
4341 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
4342 | mouseEv); | |
4343 | ||
4344 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4345 | } | |
4346 | ||
4347 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return: | |
4348 | // -1 if the event was vetoed | |
4349 | // +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed) | |
4350 | // 0 if the event wasn't handled | |
4351 | int | |
4352 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, | |
4353 | int row, int col, | |
4354 | const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv) | |
4355 | { | |
4356 | bool claimed, vetoed; | |
4357 | ||
4358 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
4359 | { | |
4360 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
4361 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4362 | type, | |
4363 | this, | |
4364 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
4365 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
4366 | true, | |
4367 | mouseEv); | |
4368 | ||
4369 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4370 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
4371 | } | |
4372 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK || | |
4373 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK || | |
4374 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK || | |
4375 | type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK ) | |
4376 | { | |
4377 | wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition(); | |
4378 | ||
4379 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() ) | |
4380 | pos.y += GetColLabelSize(); | |
4381 | if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() ) | |
4382 | pos.x += GetRowLabelSize(); | |
4383 | ||
4384 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4385 | type, | |
4386 | this, | |
4387 | row, col, | |
4388 | pos.x, | |
4389 | pos.y, | |
4390 | false, | |
4391 | mouseEv); | |
4392 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4393 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
4394 | } | |
4395 | else | |
4396 | { | |
4397 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4398 | type, | |
4399 | this, | |
4400 | row, col, | |
4401 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
4402 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
4403 | false, | |
4404 | mouseEv); | |
4405 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4406 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
4407 | } | |
4408 | ||
4409 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
4410 | if (vetoed) | |
4411 | return -1; | |
4412 | ||
4413 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
4414 | } | |
4415 | ||
4416 | // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above | |
4417 | // | |
4418 | int | |
4419 | wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s) | |
4420 | { | |
4421 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col ); | |
4422 | gridEvt.SetString(s); | |
4423 | ||
4424 | const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4425 | ||
4426 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
4427 | if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() ) | |
4428 | return -1; | |
4429 | ||
4430 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
4431 | } | |
4432 | ||
4433 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
4434 | { | |
4435 | // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
4436 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
4437 | } | |
4438 | ||
4439 | void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect) | |
4440 | { | |
4441 | // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch... | |
4442 | // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway. | |
4443 | if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4444 | { | |
4445 | // Refresh to get correct scrolled position: | |
4446 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect); | |
4447 | ||
4448 | if (rect) | |
4449 | { | |
4450 | int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight; | |
4451 | int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell; | |
4452 | int x, y; | |
4453 | ||
4454 | // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets.. | |
4455 | rect_x = rect->GetX(); | |
4456 | rect_y = rect->GetY(); | |
4457 | rectWidth = rect->GetWidth(); | |
4458 | rectHeight = rect->GetHeight(); | |
4459 | ||
4460 | width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x; | |
4461 | if (width_label > rectWidth) | |
4462 | width_label = rectWidth; | |
4463 | ||
4464 | height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y; | |
4465 | if (height_label > rectHeight) | |
4466 | height_label = rectHeight; | |
4467 | ||
4468 | if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth) | |
4469 | { | |
4470 | x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4471 | width_cell = rectWidth; | |
4472 | } | |
4473 | else | |
4474 | { | |
4475 | x = 0; | |
4476 | width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x); | |
4477 | } | |
4478 | ||
4479 | if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight) | |
4480 | { | |
4481 | y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight; | |
4482 | height_cell = rectHeight; | |
4483 | } | |
4484 | else | |
4485 | { | |
4486 | y = 0; | |
4487 | height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y); | |
4488 | } | |
4489 | ||
4490 | // Paint corner label part intersecting rect. | |
4491 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
4492 | { | |
4493 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label); | |
4494 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4495 | } | |
4496 | ||
4497 | // Paint col labels part intersecting rect. | |
4498 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 ) | |
4499 | { | |
4500 | wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label); | |
4501 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4502 | } | |
4503 | ||
4504 | // Paint row labels part intersecting rect. | |
4505 | if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
4506 | { | |
4507 | wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell); | |
4508 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4509 | } | |
4510 | ||
4511 | // Paint cell area part intersecting rect. | |
4512 | if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 ) | |
4513 | { | |
4514 | wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell); | |
4515 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect); | |
4516 | } | |
4517 | } | |
4518 | else | |
4519 | { | |
4520 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4521 | m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4522 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4523 | m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL); | |
4524 | } | |
4525 | } | |
4526 | } | |
4527 | ||
4528 | void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
4529 | { | |
4530 | if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done | |
4531 | { | |
4532 | // reposition our children windows | |
4533 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
4534 | } | |
4535 | } | |
4536 | ||
4537 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4538 | { | |
4539 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
4540 | { | |
4541 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
4542 | // | |
4543 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
4544 | } | |
4545 | ||
4546 | m_inOnKeyDown = true; | |
4547 | ||
4548 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
4549 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
4550 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
4551 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
4552 | ||
4553 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
4554 | { | |
4555 | if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
4556 | { | |
4557 | if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT) | |
4558 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT; | |
4559 | else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT) | |
4560 | event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT; | |
4561 | } | |
4562 | ||
4563 | // try local handlers | |
4564 | switch ( event.GetKeyCode() ) | |
4565 | { | |
4566 | case WXK_UP: | |
4567 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4568 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4569 | else | |
4570 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4571 | break; | |
4572 | ||
4573 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
4574 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4575 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4576 | else | |
4577 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4578 | break; | |
4579 | ||
4580 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
4581 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4582 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4583 | else | |
4584 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4585 | break; | |
4586 | ||
4587 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
4588 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4589 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4590 | else | |
4591 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4592 | break; | |
4593 | ||
4594 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
4595 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
4596 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4597 | { | |
4598 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
4599 | } | |
4600 | else | |
4601 | { | |
4602 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
4603 | { | |
4604 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
4605 | } | |
4606 | else | |
4607 | { | |
4608 | // at the bottom of a column | |
4609 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4610 | } | |
4611 | } | |
4612 | break; | |
4613 | ||
4614 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
4615 | ClearSelection(); | |
4616 | break; | |
4617 | ||
4618 | case WXK_TAB: | |
4619 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
4620 | { | |
4621 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
4622 | { | |
4623 | MoveCursorLeft( false ); | |
4624 | } | |
4625 | else | |
4626 | { | |
4627 | // at left of grid | |
4628 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4629 | } | |
4630 | } | |
4631 | else | |
4632 | { | |
4633 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 ) | |
4634 | { | |
4635 | MoveCursorRight( false ); | |
4636 | } | |
4637 | else | |
4638 | { | |
4639 | // at right of grid | |
4640 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4641 | } | |
4642 | } | |
4643 | break; | |
4644 | ||
4645 | case WXK_HOME: | |
4646 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4647 | { | |
4648 | GoToCell(0, 0); | |
4649 | } | |
4650 | else | |
4651 | { | |
4652 | event.Skip(); | |
4653 | } | |
4654 | break; | |
4655 | ||
4656 | case WXK_END: | |
4657 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4658 | { | |
4659 | GoToCell(m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
4660 | } | |
4661 | else | |
4662 | { | |
4663 | event.Skip(); | |
4664 | } | |
4665 | break; | |
4666 | ||
4667 | case WXK_PAGEUP: | |
4668 | MovePageUp(); | |
4669 | break; | |
4670 | ||
4671 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
4672 | MovePageDown(); | |
4673 | break; | |
4674 | ||
4675 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
4676 | // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the | |
4677 | // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything | |
4678 | switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE ) | |
4679 | { | |
4680 | case wxMOD_CONTROL: | |
4681 | m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
4682 | break; | |
4683 | ||
4684 | case wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
4685 | m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()); | |
4686 | break; | |
4687 | ||
4688 | case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT: | |
4689 | m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0, | |
4690 | m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1); | |
4691 | break; | |
4692 | ||
4693 | case wxMOD_NONE: | |
4694 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
4695 | { | |
4696 | MoveCursorRight(false); | |
4697 | break; | |
4698 | } | |
4699 | //else: fall through | |
4700 | ||
4701 | default: | |
4702 | event.Skip(); | |
4703 | } | |
4704 | break; | |
4705 | ||
4706 | default: | |
4707 | event.Skip(); | |
4708 | break; | |
4709 | } | |
4710 | } | |
4711 | ||
4712 | m_inOnKeyDown = false; | |
4713 | } | |
4714 | ||
4715 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4716 | { | |
4717 | // try local handlers | |
4718 | // | |
4719 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
4720 | { | |
4721 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
4722 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4723 | { | |
4724 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4725 | { | |
4726 | m_selection->SelectBlock( | |
4727 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
4728 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight, | |
4729 | event); | |
4730 | } | |
4731 | } | |
4732 | ||
4733 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4734 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4735 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4736 | } | |
4737 | } | |
4738 | ||
4739 | void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
4740 | { | |
4741 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
4742 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
4743 | { | |
4744 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
4745 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
4746 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
4747 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
4748 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
4749 | ||
4750 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
4751 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
4752 | if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
4753 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
4754 | { | |
4755 | // ensure cell is visble | |
4756 | MakeCellVisible(row, col); | |
4757 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
4758 | ||
4759 | // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely | |
4760 | // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the | |
4761 | // control is not created and calling StartingKey will | |
4762 | // crash the app | |
4763 | if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
4764 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
4765 | } | |
4766 | else | |
4767 | { | |
4768 | event.Skip(); | |
4769 | } | |
4770 | ||
4771 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4772 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4773 | } | |
4774 | else | |
4775 | { | |
4776 | event.Skip(); | |
4777 | } | |
4778 | } | |
4779 | ||
4780 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
4781 | { | |
4782 | } | |
4783 | ||
4784 | bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
4785 | { | |
4786 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 ) | |
4787 | { | |
4788 | // the event has been vetoed - do nothing | |
4789 | return false; | |
4790 | } | |
4791 | ||
4792 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
4793 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4794 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4795 | #endif | |
4796 | ||
4797 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4798 | { | |
4799 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4800 | ||
4801 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
4802 | { | |
4803 | wxRect r; | |
4804 | r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords ); | |
4805 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
4806 | { | |
4807 | r.x--; | |
4808 | r.y--; | |
4809 | r.width++; | |
4810 | r.height++; | |
4811 | } | |
4812 | ||
4813 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
4814 | ||
4815 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
4816 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
4817 | ||
4818 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
4819 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */); | |
4820 | #else | |
4821 | DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells ); | |
4822 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
4823 | #endif | |
4824 | } | |
4825 | } | |
4826 | ||
4827 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
4828 | ||
4829 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords ); | |
4830 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
4831 | DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr ); | |
4832 | #endif | |
4833 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4834 | ||
4835 | return true; | |
4836 | } | |
4837 | ||
4838 | void | |
4839 | wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol, | |
4840 | int bottomRow, int rightCol) | |
4841 | { | |
4842 | if ( m_selection ) | |
4843 | { | |
4844 | switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() ) | |
4845 | { | |
4846 | default: | |
4847 | wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" ); | |
4848 | // fall through | |
4849 | ||
4850 | case wxGridSelectCells: | |
4851 | // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell | |
4852 | // coordinates as is | |
4853 | break; | |
4854 | ||
4855 | case wxGridSelectRows: | |
4856 | // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select | |
4857 | // full rows | |
4858 | leftCol = 0; | |
4859 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
4860 | break; | |
4861 | ||
4862 | case wxGridSelectColumns: | |
4863 | // same as above but for columns | |
4864 | topRow = 0; | |
4865 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
4866 | break; | |
4867 | ||
4868 | case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns: | |
4869 | // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so | |
4870 | // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't | |
4871 | // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we | |
4872 | // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is | |
4873 | // not useful) | |
4874 | return; | |
4875 | } | |
4876 | } | |
4877 | ||
4878 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
4879 | MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
4880 | ||
4881 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow); | |
4882 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol); | |
4883 | ||
4884 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol), | |
4885 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol); | |
4886 | ||
4887 | // First the case that we selected a completely new area | |
4888 | if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords || | |
4889 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4890 | { | |
4891 | wxRect rect; | |
4892 | rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ), | |
4893 | wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) ); | |
4894 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
4895 | } | |
4896 | ||
4897 | // Now handle changing an existing selection area. | |
4898 | else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
4899 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
4900 | { | |
4901 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
4902 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
4903 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
4904 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
4905 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
4906 | need_refresh[0] = | |
4907 | need_refresh[1] = | |
4908 | need_refresh[2] = | |
4909 | need_refresh[3] = false; | |
4910 | int i; | |
4911 | ||
4912 | // Store intermediate values | |
4913 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
4914 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
4915 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
4916 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
4917 | ||
4918 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
4919 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol); | |
4920 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow); | |
4921 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight); | |
4922 | EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom); | |
4923 | ||
4924 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
4925 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
4926 | // is contained in the other. | |
4927 | ||
4928 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
4929 | { | |
4930 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4931 | // area to the left of the old or new selection. | |
4932 | need_refresh[0] = true; | |
4933 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4934 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, oldLeft ), | |
4935 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
4936 | } | |
4937 | ||
4938 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
4939 | { | |
4940 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4941 | // area above the old or new selection. | |
4942 | need_refresh[1] = true; | |
4943 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4944 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ), | |
4945 | wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) ); | |
4946 | } | |
4947 | ||
4948 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
4949 | { | |
4950 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4951 | // area to the right of the old or new selection. | |
4952 | need_refresh[2] = true; | |
4953 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4954 | wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ), | |
4955 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) ); | |
4956 | } | |
4957 | ||
4958 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
4959 | { | |
4960 | // Refresh the newly selected or deselected | |
4961 | // area below the old or new selection. | |
4962 | need_refresh[3] = true; | |
4963 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( | |
4964 | wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ), | |
4965 | wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) ); | |
4966 | } | |
4967 | ||
4968 | // various Refresh() calls | |
4969 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
4970 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
4971 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) ); | |
4972 | } | |
4973 | ||
4974 | // change selection | |
4975 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
4976 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
4977 | } | |
4978 | ||
4979 | // | |
4980 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
4981 | // | |
4982 | ||
4983 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
4984 | { | |
4985 | // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
4986 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4987 | ||
4988 | if ( m_table ) | |
4989 | { | |
4990 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
4991 | // | |
4992 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4993 | return true; | |
4994 | } | |
4995 | ||
4996 | return false; | |
4997 | } | |
4998 | ||
4999 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
5000 | { | |
5001 | int row, col; | |
5002 | ||
5003 | // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value. | |
5004 | // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first? | |
5005 | // I think so ... | |
5006 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5007 | ||
5008 | if ( m_table ) | |
5009 | { | |
5010 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5011 | { | |
5012 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
5013 | { | |
5014 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
5015 | } | |
5016 | } | |
5017 | ||
5018 | return true; | |
5019 | } | |
5020 | ||
5021 | return false; | |
5022 | } | |
5023 | ||
5024 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
5025 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
5026 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
5027 | // | |
5028 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
5029 | { | |
5030 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) | |
5031 | return; | |
5032 | ||
5033 | int i, numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
5034 | int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5035 | wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells; | |
5036 | ||
5037 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
5038 | { | |
5039 | row = cells[i].GetRow(); | |
5040 | col = cells[i].GetCol(); | |
5041 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5042 | ||
5043 | // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint | |
5044 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
5045 | { | |
5046 | wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols ); | |
5047 | bool marked = false; | |
5048 | for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ ) | |
5049 | { | |
5050 | if ( cell == cells[j] ) | |
5051 | { | |
5052 | marked = true; | |
5053 | break; | |
5054 | } | |
5055 | } | |
5056 | ||
5057 | if (!marked) | |
5058 | { | |
5059 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
5060 | for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) | |
5061 | { | |
5062 | if ( cell == redrawCells[j] ) | |
5063 | { | |
5064 | marked = true; | |
5065 | break; | |
5066 | } | |
5067 | } | |
5068 | ||
5069 | if (!marked) | |
5070 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
5071 | } | |
5072 | ||
5073 | // don't bother drawing this cell | |
5074 | continue; | |
5075 | } | |
5076 | ||
5077 | // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow | |
5078 | if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) | |
5079 | { | |
5080 | for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ ) | |
5081 | { | |
5082 | // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint | |
5083 | int left = col; | |
5084 | for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++) | |
5085 | if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) && | |
5086 | (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row)) | |
5087 | { | |
5088 | left = redrawCells[k].GetCol(); | |
5089 | } | |
5090 | ||
5091 | if (left == col) | |
5092 | left = 0; // oh well | |
5093 | ||
5094 | for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--) | |
5095 | { | |
5096 | if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j)) | |
5097 | { | |
5098 | if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j)) | |
5099 | { | |
5100 | wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j); | |
5101 | bool marked = false; | |
5102 | ||
5103 | for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++) | |
5104 | { | |
5105 | if ( cell == cells[k] ) | |
5106 | { | |
5107 | marked = true; | |
5108 | break; | |
5109 | } | |
5110 | } | |
5111 | ||
5112 | if (!marked) | |
5113 | { | |
5114 | int count = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
5115 | for (int k = 0; k < count; k++) | |
5116 | { | |
5117 | if ( cell == redrawCells[k] ) | |
5118 | { | |
5119 | marked = true; | |
5120 | break; | |
5121 | } | |
5122 | } | |
5123 | if (!marked) | |
5124 | redrawCells.Add( cell ); | |
5125 | } | |
5126 | } | |
5127 | break; | |
5128 | } | |
5129 | } | |
5130 | } | |
5131 | } | |
5132 | ||
5133 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
5134 | } | |
5135 | ||
5136 | numCells = redrawCells.GetCount(); | |
5137 | ||
5138 | for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
5139 | { | |
5140 | DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] ); | |
5141 | } | |
5142 | } | |
5143 | ||
5144 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
5145 | { | |
5146 | int cw, ch; | |
5147 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5148 | ||
5149 | int right, bottom; | |
5150 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
5151 | ||
5152 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0; | |
5153 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0; | |
5154 | ||
5155 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
5156 | { | |
5157 | int left, top; | |
5158 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
5159 | ||
5160 | dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()); | |
5161 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
5162 | ||
5163 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
5164 | { | |
5165 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch ); | |
5166 | } | |
5167 | ||
5168 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
5169 | { | |
5170 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow ); | |
5171 | } | |
5172 | } | |
5173 | } | |
5174 | ||
5175 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5176 | { | |
5177 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
5178 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
5179 | ||
5180 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5181 | return; | |
5182 | ||
5183 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
5184 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5185 | ||
5186 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
5187 | ||
5188 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
5189 | ||
5190 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
5191 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
5192 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5193 | { | |
5194 | // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the | |
5195 | // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered. | |
5196 | // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered | |
5197 | // implicitly, causing this out-of order render. | |
5198 | #if !defined(__WXMAC__) | |
5199 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5200 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
5201 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5202 | #endif | |
5203 | } | |
5204 | else | |
5205 | { | |
5206 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized | |
5207 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
5208 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
5209 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
5210 | } | |
5211 | ||
5212 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5213 | } | |
5214 | ||
5215 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
5216 | { | |
5217 | // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus | |
5218 | if ( !HasFocus() ) | |
5219 | return; | |
5220 | ||
5221 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5222 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5223 | ||
5224 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5225 | return; | |
5226 | ||
5227 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
5228 | ||
5229 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
5230 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
5231 | // it doesn't look really good | |
5232 | ||
5233 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
5234 | ||
5235 | if (penWidth > 0) | |
5236 | { | |
5237 | // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
5238 | // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the | |
5239 | // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of | |
5240 | // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then | |
5241 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
5242 | rect.x += penWidth / 2; | |
5243 | rect.y += penWidth / 2; | |
5244 | rect.width -= penWidth - 1; | |
5245 | rect.height -= penWidth - 1; | |
5246 | ||
5247 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
5248 | // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this | |
5249 | // will ensure the cell is always visible. | |
5250 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground | |
5251 | : m_cellHighlightColour, | |
5252 | penWidth)); | |
5253 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
5254 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
5255 | } | |
5256 | } | |
5257 | ||
5258 | wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen() | |
5259 | { | |
5260 | return wxPen(GetGridLineColour()); | |
5261 | } | |
5262 | ||
5263 | wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row)) | |
5264 | { | |
5265 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
5266 | } | |
5267 | ||
5268 | wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
5269 | { | |
5270 | return GetDefaultGridLinePen(); | |
5271 | } | |
5272 | ||
5273 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5274 | { | |
5275 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
5276 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
5277 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5278 | return; | |
5279 | ||
5280 | ||
5281 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
5282 | ||
5283 | // right hand border | |
5284 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) ); | |
5285 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y, | |
5286 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 ); | |
5287 | ||
5288 | // bottom border | |
5289 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) ); | |
5290 | dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height, | |
5291 | rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height); | |
5292 | } | |
5293 | ||
5294 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
5295 | { | |
5296 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
5297 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
5298 | // | |
5299 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5300 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
5301 | { | |
5302 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
5303 | } | |
5304 | ||
5305 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
5306 | { | |
5307 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
5308 | return; | |
5309 | } | |
5310 | ||
5311 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
5312 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
5313 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
5314 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
5315 | { | |
5316 | wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n]; | |
5317 | ||
5318 | // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another | |
5319 | // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor" | |
5320 | // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by | |
5321 | // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even | |
5322 | // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment. | |
5323 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
5324 | { | |
5325 | int rows = 0, | |
5326 | cols = 0; | |
5327 | GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols); | |
5328 | ||
5329 | if ( rows < 0 ) | |
5330 | cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows); | |
5331 | ||
5332 | if ( cols < 0 ) | |
5333 | cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols); | |
5334 | } | |
5335 | ||
5336 | if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
5337 | { | |
5338 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
5339 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
5340 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5341 | ||
5342 | break; | |
5343 | } | |
5344 | } | |
5345 | } | |
5346 | ||
5347 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
5348 | // has been changed | |
5349 | // | |
5350 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
5351 | { | |
5352 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
5353 | return; | |
5354 | ||
5355 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
5356 | ||
5357 | int cw, ch; | |
5358 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
5359 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
5360 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
5361 | ||
5362 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
5363 | if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz ) | |
5364 | { | |
5365 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
5366 | return; | |
5367 | ||
5368 | const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)); | |
5369 | if ( right > lastColRight ) | |
5370 | right = lastColRight; | |
5371 | } | |
5372 | ||
5373 | if ( m_gridLinesClipVert ) | |
5374 | { | |
5375 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
5376 | return; | |
5377 | ||
5378 | const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1); | |
5379 | if ( bottom > lastRowBottom ) | |
5380 | bottom = lastRowBottom; | |
5381 | } | |
5382 | ||
5383 | // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out | |
5384 | int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); | |
5385 | int topRow = internalYToRow(top); | |
5386 | int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) ); | |
5387 | int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom); | |
5388 | ||
5389 | wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch); | |
5390 | ||
5391 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5392 | wxRect rect; | |
5393 | ||
5394 | for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ ) | |
5395 | { | |
5396 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ ) | |
5397 | { | |
5398 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5399 | ||
5400 | GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5401 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
5402 | { | |
5403 | rect = CellToRect(j,i); | |
5404 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5405 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
5406 | } | |
5407 | else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0)) | |
5408 | { | |
5409 | rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols); | |
5410 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5411 | clippedcells.Subtract(rect); | |
5412 | } | |
5413 | } | |
5414 | } | |
5415 | ||
5416 | dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells ); | |
5417 | ||
5418 | ||
5419 | // horizontal grid lines | |
5420 | for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5421 | { | |
5422 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
5423 | ||
5424 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
5425 | break; | |
5426 | ||
5427 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
5428 | { | |
5429 | dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) ); | |
5430 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
5431 | } | |
5432 | } | |
5433 | ||
5434 | // vertical grid lines | |
5435 | for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
5436 | { | |
5437 | int i = GetColAt( colPos ); | |
5438 | ||
5439 | int colRight = GetColRight(i); | |
5440 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
5441 | if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft) | |
5442 | #endif | |
5443 | colRight--; | |
5444 | ||
5445 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
5446 | break; | |
5447 | ||
5448 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
5449 | { | |
5450 | dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) ); | |
5451 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
5452 | } | |
5453 | } | |
5454 | ||
5455 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
5456 | } | |
5457 | ||
5458 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
5459 | { | |
5460 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
5461 | return; | |
5462 | ||
5463 | const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
5464 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
5465 | { | |
5466 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
5467 | } | |
5468 | } | |
5469 | ||
5470 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
5471 | { | |
5472 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 ) | |
5473 | return; | |
5474 | ||
5475 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * const | |
5476 | attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; | |
5477 | ||
5478 | // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation | |
5479 | // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract) | |
5480 | // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it | |
5481 | const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& | |
5482 | rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row) | |
5483 | : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&> | |
5484 | (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer); | |
5485 | ||
5486 | wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row)); | |
5487 | rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); | |
5488 | ||
5489 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
5490 | GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
5491 | ||
5492 | rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row), | |
5493 | rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL); | |
5494 | } | |
5495 | ||
5496 | void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native) | |
5497 | { | |
5498 | if ( native == m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5499 | return; | |
5500 | ||
5501 | delete m_colWindow; | |
5502 | m_useNativeHeader = native; | |
5503 | ||
5504 | CreateColumnWindow(); | |
5505 | ||
5506 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
5507 | GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols); | |
5508 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
5509 | } | |
5510 | ||
5511 | void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native ) | |
5512 | { | |
5513 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader, | |
5514 | "doesn't make sense when using native header" ); | |
5515 | ||
5516 | m_nativeColumnLabels = native; | |
5517 | if (native) | |
5518 | { | |
5519 | int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this ); | |
5520 | SetColLabelSize( height ); | |
5521 | } | |
5522 | ||
5523 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh(); | |
5524 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5525 | } | |
5526 | ||
5527 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
5528 | { | |
5529 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
5530 | return; | |
5531 | ||
5532 | const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
5533 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
5534 | { | |
5535 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
5536 | } | |
5537 | } | |
5538 | ||
5539 | void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc) | |
5540 | { | |
5541 | wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight)); | |
5542 | ||
5543 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | rect.Deflate(1); | |
5546 | ||
5547 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0); | |
5548 | } | |
5549 | else | |
5550 | { | |
5551 | rect.width++; | |
5552 | rect.height++; | |
5553 | ||
5554 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * const | |
5555 | attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; | |
5556 | const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& | |
5557 | rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer() | |
5558 | : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&> | |
5559 | (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer); | |
5560 | ||
5561 | rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); | |
5562 | } | |
5563 | } | |
5564 | ||
5565 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col) | |
5566 | { | |
5567 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 ) | |
5568 | return; | |
5569 | ||
5570 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col); | |
5571 | ||
5572 | wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight); | |
5573 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * const | |
5574 | attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL; | |
5575 | const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& | |
5576 | rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col) | |
5577 | : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&> | |
5578 | (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer); | |
5579 | ||
5580 | if ( m_nativeColumnLabels ) | |
5581 | { | |
5582 | wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton | |
5583 | ( | |
5584 | GetColLabelWindow(), | |
5585 | dc, | |
5586 | rect, | |
5587 | 0, | |
5588 | IsSortingBy(col) | |
5589 | ? IsSortOrderAscending() | |
5590 | ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP | |
5591 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN | |
5592 | : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE | |
5593 | ); | |
5594 | rect.Deflate(2); | |
5595 | } | |
5596 | else | |
5597 | { | |
5598 | // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display | |
5599 | // artefacts, see #12055. | |
5600 | wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
5601 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
5602 | ||
5603 | rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect); | |
5604 | } | |
5605 | ||
5606 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
5607 | GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
5608 | const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation(); | |
5609 | ||
5610 | rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient); | |
5611 | } | |
5612 | ||
5613 | // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which | |
5614 | // we just have to add textOrientation support | |
5615 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
5616 | const wxString& value, | |
5617 | const wxRect& rect, | |
5618 | int horizAlign, | |
5619 | int vertAlign, | |
5620 | int textOrientation ) const | |
5621 | { | |
5622 | wxArrayString lines; | |
5623 | ||
5624 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
5625 | ||
5626 | DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation); | |
5627 | } | |
5628 | ||
5629 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc, | |
5630 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
5631 | const wxRect& rect, | |
5632 | int horizAlign, | |
5633 | int vertAlign, | |
5634 | int textOrientation) const | |
5635 | { | |
5636 | if ( lines.empty() ) | |
5637 | return; | |
5638 | ||
5639 | wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect); | |
5640 | ||
5641 | long textWidth, | |
5642 | textHeight; | |
5643 | ||
5644 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5645 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
5646 | else | |
5647 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth ); | |
5648 | ||
5649 | int x = 0, | |
5650 | y = 0; | |
5651 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
5652 | { | |
5653 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
5654 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5655 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
5656 | else | |
5657 | x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth; | |
5658 | break; | |
5659 | ||
5660 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
5661 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5662 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2); | |
5663 | else | |
5664 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2); | |
5665 | break; | |
5666 | ||
5667 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
5668 | default: | |
5669 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5670 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
5671 | else | |
5672 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
5673 | break; | |
5674 | } | |
5675 | ||
5676 | // Align each line of a multi-line label | |
5677 | size_t nLines = lines.GetCount(); | |
5678 | for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ ) | |
5679 | { | |
5680 | const wxString& line = lines[l]; | |
5681 | ||
5682 | if ( line.empty() ) | |
5683 | { | |
5684 | *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight(); | |
5685 | continue; | |
5686 | } | |
5687 | ||
5688 | wxCoord lineWidth = 0, | |
5689 | lineHeight = 0; | |
5690 | dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight); | |
5691 | ||
5692 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
5693 | { | |
5694 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
5695 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5696 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1); | |
5697 | else | |
5698 | y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1; | |
5699 | break; | |
5700 | ||
5701 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
5702 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5703 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2); | |
5704 | else | |
5705 | y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2); | |
5706 | break; | |
5707 | ||
5708 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
5709 | default: | |
5710 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5711 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
5712 | else | |
5713 | y = rect.y + rect.height - 1; | |
5714 | break; | |
5715 | } | |
5716 | ||
5717 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
5718 | { | |
5719 | dc.DrawText( line, x, y ); | |
5720 | y += lineHeight; | |
5721 | } | |
5722 | else | |
5723 | { | |
5724 | dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 ); | |
5725 | x += lineHeight; | |
5726 | } | |
5727 | } | |
5728 | } | |
5729 | ||
5730 | // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings. | |
5731 | // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved. | |
5732 | // | |
5733 | // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here | |
5734 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const | |
5735 | { | |
5736 | int startPos = 0; | |
5737 | int pos; | |
5738 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
5739 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
5740 | ||
5741 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
5742 | { | |
5743 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
5744 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
5745 | { | |
5746 | break; | |
5747 | } | |
5748 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
5749 | { | |
5750 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
5751 | } | |
5752 | else | |
5753 | { | |
5754 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
5755 | } | |
5756 | ||
5757 | startPos += pos + 1; | |
5758 | } | |
5759 | ||
5760 | if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() ) | |
5761 | { | |
5762 | lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
5763 | } | |
5764 | } | |
5765 | ||
5766 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc, | |
5767 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
5768 | long *width, long *height ) const | |
5769 | { | |
5770 | wxCoord w = 0; | |
5771 | wxCoord h = 0; | |
5772 | wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0; | |
5773 | ||
5774 | size_t i; | |
5775 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
5776 | { | |
5777 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
5778 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
5779 | h += lineH; | |
5780 | } | |
5781 | ||
5782 | *width = w; | |
5783 | *height = h; | |
5784 | } | |
5785 | ||
5786 | // | |
5787 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
5788 | // | |
5789 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
5790 | { | |
5791 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
5792 | { | |
5793 | m_batchCount--; | |
5794 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
5795 | { | |
5796 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5797 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5798 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
5799 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
5800 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5801 | } | |
5802 | } | |
5803 | } | |
5804 | ||
5805 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
5806 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
5807 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
5808 | // | |
5809 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
5810 | { | |
5811 | BeginBatch(); | |
5812 | EndBatch(); | |
5813 | } | |
5814 | ||
5815 | bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable) | |
5816 | { | |
5817 | if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) ) | |
5818 | return false; | |
5819 | ||
5820 | // redraw in the new state | |
5821 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5822 | ||
5823 | return true; | |
5824 | } | |
5825 | ||
5826 | // | |
5827 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
5828 | // | |
5829 | ||
5830 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
5831 | { | |
5832 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
5833 | { | |
5834 | if (!edit) | |
5835 | EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
5836 | m_editable = edit; | |
5837 | } | |
5838 | } | |
5839 | ||
5840 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
5841 | { | |
5842 | if (! m_editable) | |
5843 | return; | |
5844 | ||
5845 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
5846 | { | |
5847 | if ( enable ) | |
5848 | { | |
5849 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 ) | |
5850 | return; | |
5851 | ||
5852 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
5853 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
5854 | ||
5855 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
5856 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
5857 | ||
5858 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5859 | } | |
5860 | else | |
5861 | { | |
5862 | SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
5863 | ||
5864 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5865 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5866 | ||
5867 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
5868 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
5869 | } | |
5870 | } | |
5871 | } | |
5872 | ||
5873 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
5874 | { | |
5875 | // const_cast | |
5876 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
5877 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
5878 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5879 | ||
5880 | return readonly; | |
5881 | } | |
5882 | ||
5883 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
5884 | { | |
5885 | return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) && | |
5886 | !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
5887 | } | |
5888 | ||
5889 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
5890 | { | |
5891 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
5892 | // current one if it's read only | |
5893 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false; | |
5894 | } | |
5895 | ||
5896 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
5897 | { | |
5898 | bool isShown = false; | |
5899 | ||
5900 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
5901 | { | |
5902 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5903 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5904 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5905 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
5906 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5907 | ||
5908 | if ( editor ) | |
5909 | { | |
5910 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
5911 | { | |
5912 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
5913 | } | |
5914 | ||
5915 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5916 | } | |
5917 | } | |
5918 | ||
5919 | return isShown; | |
5920 | } | |
5921 | ||
5922 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
5923 | { | |
5924 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5925 | { | |
5926 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) ) | |
5927 | { | |
5928 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false; | |
5929 | return; | |
5930 | } | |
5931 | else | |
5932 | { | |
5933 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
5934 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5935 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5936 | ||
5937 | // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft) | |
5938 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
5939 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
5940 | if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 ) | |
5941 | { | |
5942 | row += cell_rows; | |
5943 | col += cell_cols; | |
5944 | m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row ); | |
5945 | m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col ); | |
5946 | } | |
5947 | ||
5948 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
5949 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
5950 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5951 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5952 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5953 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour())); | |
5954 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
5955 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
5956 | ||
5957 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
5958 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5959 | ||
5960 | int nXMove = 0; | |
5961 | if (rect.x < 0) | |
5962 | nXMove = rect.x; | |
5963 | ||
5964 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
5965 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
5966 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
5967 | // "don't change." | |
5968 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
5969 | rect.x--; | |
5970 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
5971 | rect.y--; | |
5972 | ||
5973 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5974 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
5975 | { | |
5976 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY, | |
5977 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
5978 | ||
5979 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
5980 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
5981 | this, | |
5982 | row, | |
5983 | col, | |
5984 | editor->GetControl()); | |
5985 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
5986 | } | |
5987 | ||
5988 | // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed | |
5989 | int maxWidth = rect.width; | |
5990 | wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
5991 | if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) ) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | int y; | |
5994 | GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont()); | |
5995 | if (maxWidth < rect.width) | |
5996 | maxWidth = rect.width; | |
5997 | } | |
5998 | ||
5999 | int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
6000 | if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right) | |
6001 | maxWidth = client_right - rect.x; | |
6002 | ||
6003 | if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table) | |
6004 | { | |
6005 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6006 | // may have changed earlier | |
6007 | for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++) | |
6008 | { | |
6009 | int c_rows, c_cols; | |
6010 | GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols ); | |
6011 | ||
6012 | // looks weird going over a multicell | |
6013 | if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) && | |
6014 | (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1)) | |
6015 | { | |
6016 | rect.width += GetColWidth( i ); | |
6017 | } | |
6018 | else | |
6019 | break; | |
6020 | } | |
6021 | ||
6022 | if (rect.GetRight() > client_right) | |
6023 | rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 ); | |
6024 | } | |
6025 | ||
6026 | editor->SetCellAttr( attr ); | |
6027 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
6028 | if (nXMove != 0) | |
6029 | editor->GetControl()->Move( | |
6030 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove, | |
6031 | editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y ); | |
6032 | editor->Show( true, attr ); | |
6033 | ||
6034 | // recalc dimensions in case we need to | |
6035 | // expand the scrolled window to account for editor | |
6036 | CalcDimensions(); | |
6037 | ||
6038 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
6039 | editor->SetCellAttr(NULL); | |
6040 | ||
6041 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6042 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6043 | } | |
6044 | } | |
6045 | } | |
6046 | ||
6047 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
6048 | { | |
6049 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6050 | { | |
6051 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6052 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6053 | ||
6054 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6055 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6056 | const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus(); | |
6057 | editor->Show( false ); | |
6058 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6059 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6060 | ||
6061 | // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it | |
6062 | // | |
6063 | // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing | |
6064 | // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the | |
6065 | // editor precisely because we lost focus | |
6066 | if ( editorHadFocus ) | |
6067 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
6068 | ||
6069 | // refresh whole row to the right | |
6070 | wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) ); | |
6071 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
6072 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x; | |
6073 | ||
6074 | #ifdef __WXMAC__ | |
6075 | // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well | |
6076 | rect.Inflate(10, 10); | |
6077 | #endif | |
6078 | ||
6079 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
6080 | } | |
6081 | } | |
6082 | ||
6083 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
6084 | { | |
6085 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6086 | { | |
6087 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6088 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6089 | ||
6090 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col); | |
6091 | ||
6092 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6093 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6094 | ||
6095 | wxString newval; | |
6096 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval); | |
6097 | ||
6098 | if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 ) | |
6099 | { | |
6100 | editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this); | |
6101 | ||
6102 | // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event | |
6103 | // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING | |
6104 | // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too | |
6105 | if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 ) | |
6106 | { | |
6107 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
6108 | SetCellValue(row, col, oldval); | |
6109 | } | |
6110 | } | |
6111 | ||
6112 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6113 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6114 | } | |
6115 | } | |
6116 | ||
6117 | // | |
6118 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
6119 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
6120 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
6121 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
6122 | // | |
6123 | ||
6124 | wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const | |
6125 | { | |
6126 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
6127 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
6128 | ||
6129 | return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords | |
6130 | : wxGridCellCoords(row, col); | |
6131 | } | |
6132 | ||
6133 | // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
6134 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of | |
6135 | // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used | |
6136 | // for large grids) | |
6137 | int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord, | |
6138 | bool clipToMinMax, | |
6139 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
6140 | { | |
6141 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
6142 | ||
6143 | if ( coord < 0 ) | |
6144 | return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND; | |
6145 | ||
6146 | const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this); | |
6147 | wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" ); | |
6148 | ||
6149 | int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize, | |
6150 | minPos = 0; | |
6151 | ||
6152 | // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes | |
6153 | // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in | |
6154 | const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this); | |
6155 | if ( lineEnds.empty() ) | |
6156 | { | |
6157 | if ( maxPos < numLines ) | |
6158 | return maxPos; | |
6159 | ||
6160 | return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1; | |
6161 | } | |
6162 | ||
6163 | ||
6164 | // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search | |
6165 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
6166 | { | |
6167 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
6168 | } | |
6169 | else | |
6170 | { | |
6171 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)]) | |
6172 | { | |
6173 | minPos = maxPos; | |
6174 | const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this); | |
6175 | if ( minDist ) | |
6176 | maxPos = coord / minDist; | |
6177 | else | |
6178 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
6179 | } | |
6180 | ||
6181 | if ( maxPos >= numLines ) | |
6182 | maxPos = numLines - 1; | |
6183 | } | |
6184 | ||
6185 | // check if the position is beyond the last column | |
6186 | const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos); | |
6187 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] ) | |
6188 | return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1; | |
6189 | ||
6190 | // or before the first one | |
6191 | const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0); | |
6192 | if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] ) | |
6193 | return 0; | |
6194 | ||
6195 | ||
6196 | // finally do perform the binary search | |
6197 | while ( minPos < maxPos ) | |
6198 | { | |
6199 | wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord && | |
6200 | coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)], | |
6201 | -1, | |
6202 | "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" ); | |
6203 | ||
6204 | if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] ) | |
6205 | return maxPos; | |
6206 | else | |
6207 | maxPos--; | |
6208 | ||
6209 | const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2; | |
6210 | if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] ) | |
6211 | maxPos = median; | |
6212 | else | |
6213 | minPos = median; | |
6214 | } | |
6215 | ||
6216 | return maxPos; | |
6217 | } | |
6218 | ||
6219 | int | |
6220 | wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord, | |
6221 | bool clipToMinMax, | |
6222 | const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
6223 | { | |
6224 | int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper); | |
6225 | ||
6226 | return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos); | |
6227 | } | |
6228 | ||
6229 | int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
6230 | { | |
6231 | return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6232 | } | |
6233 | ||
6234 | int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const | |
6235 | { | |
6236 | return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6237 | } | |
6238 | ||
6239 | int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const | |
6240 | { | |
6241 | return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6242 | } | |
6243 | ||
6244 | // return the row number such that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if | |
6245 | // not near an edge. | |
6246 | // | |
6247 | // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is | |
6248 | // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge | |
6249 | // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will | |
6250 | // _never_ be considered to be near the edge). | |
6251 | int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const | |
6252 | { | |
6253 | const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true); | |
6254 | ||
6255 | if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6256 | { | |
6257 | // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough | |
6258 | // to start or end border, respectively. | |
6259 | if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6260 | return line; | |
6261 | else if ( line > 0 && | |
6262 | pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this, | |
6263 | line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6264 | return line - 1; | |
6265 | } | |
6266 | ||
6267 | return -1; | |
6268 | } | |
6269 | ||
6270 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const | |
6271 | { | |
6272 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
6273 | } | |
6274 | ||
6275 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const | |
6276 | { | |
6277 | return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
6278 | } | |
6279 | ||
6280 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const | |
6281 | { | |
6282 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
6283 | ||
6284 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6285 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6286 | { | |
6287 | int i, cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
6288 | rect.width = rect.height = 0; | |
6289 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6290 | // if negative then find multicell owner | |
6291 | if (cell_rows < 0) | |
6292 | row += cell_rows; | |
6293 | if (cell_cols < 0) | |
6294 | col += cell_cols; | |
6295 | GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); | |
6296 | ||
6297 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
6298 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6299 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
6300 | rect.width += GetColWidth(i); | |
6301 | for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++) | |
6302 | rect.height += GetRowHeight(i); | |
6303 | ||
6304 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
6305 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) | |
6306 | { | |
6307 | rect.width -= 1; | |
6308 | rect.height -= 1; | |
6309 | } | |
6310 | } | |
6311 | ||
6312 | return rect; | |
6313 | } | |
6314 | ||
6315 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const | |
6316 | { | |
6317 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6318 | // | |
6319 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6320 | ||
6321 | // convert to device coords | |
6322 | // | |
6323 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6324 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6325 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6326 | ||
6327 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
6328 | int cw, ch; | |
6329 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6330 | ||
6331 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
6332 | { | |
6333 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
6334 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
6335 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
6336 | } | |
6337 | else | |
6338 | { | |
6339 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
6340 | // | |
6341 | return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
6342 | ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
6343 | } | |
6344 | } | |
6345 | ||
6346 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
6347 | // of scrolling | |
6348 | // | |
6349 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
6350 | { | |
6351 | int i; | |
6352 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
6353 | ||
6354 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6355 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6356 | { | |
6357 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6358 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6359 | ||
6360 | // convert to device coords | |
6361 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6362 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6363 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6364 | ||
6365 | int cw, ch; | |
6366 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6367 | ||
6368 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
6369 | { | |
6370 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6371 | } | |
6372 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
6373 | { | |
6374 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
6375 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6376 | for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6377 | { | |
6378 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
6379 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
6380 | break; | |
6381 | ||
6382 | h += rowHeight; | |
6383 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
6384 | } | |
6385 | ||
6386 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
6387 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, | |
6388 | // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
6389 | // | |
6390 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough, | |
6391 | // so just add a full scroll unit... | |
6392 | ypos += m_scrollLineY; | |
6393 | } | |
6394 | ||
6395 | // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell! | |
6396 | // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between | |
6397 | // left and right part of the cell on every step! | |
6398 | // if ( left < 0 ) | |
6399 | if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw ) | |
6400 | { | |
6401 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6402 | } | |
6403 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
6404 | { | |
6405 | // position the view so that the cell is on the right | |
6406 | int x0, y0; | |
6407 | CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0); | |
6408 | xpos = x0 + (right - cw); | |
6409 | ||
6410 | // see comment for ypos above | |
6411 | xpos += m_scrollLineX; | |
6412 | } | |
6413 | ||
6414 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
6415 | { | |
6416 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
6417 | xpos /= m_scrollLineX; | |
6418 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
6419 | ypos /= m_scrollLineY; | |
6420 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
6421 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
6422 | } | |
6423 | } | |
6424 | } | |
6425 | ||
6426 | // | |
6427 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
6428 | // | |
6429 | ||
6430 | bool | |
6431 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection, | |
6432 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6433 | { | |
6434 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6435 | return false; | |
6436 | ||
6437 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6438 | { | |
6439 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner; | |
6440 | if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6441 | coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6442 | ||
6443 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
6444 | return false; | |
6445 | ||
6446 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6447 | ||
6448 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
6449 | } | |
6450 | else // don't expand selection | |
6451 | { | |
6452 | ClearSelection(); | |
6453 | ||
6454 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
6455 | return false; | |
6456 | ||
6457 | wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6458 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6459 | ||
6460 | GoToCell(coords); | |
6461 | } | |
6462 | ||
6463 | return true; | |
6464 | } | |
6465 | ||
6466 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection) | |
6467 | { | |
6468 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6469 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6470 | } | |
6471 | ||
6472 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection) | |
6473 | { | |
6474 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6475 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6476 | } | |
6477 | ||
6478 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection) | |
6479 | { | |
6480 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6481 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
6482 | } | |
6483 | ||
6484 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection) | |
6485 | { | |
6486 | return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection, | |
6487 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())); | |
6488 | } | |
6489 | ||
6490 | bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6491 | { | |
6492 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6493 | return false; | |
6494 | ||
6495 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
6496 | return false; | |
6497 | ||
6498 | const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6499 | int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y); | |
6500 | if ( newRow == oldRow ) | |
6501 | { | |
6502 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6503 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6504 | newRow = coords.GetRow(); | |
6505 | } | |
6506 | ||
6507 | GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()); | |
6508 | ||
6509 | return true; | |
6510 | } | |
6511 | ||
6512 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
6513 | { | |
6514 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
6515 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6516 | } | |
6517 | ||
6518 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
6519 | { | |
6520 | return DoMoveCursorByPage( | |
6521 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())); | |
6522 | } | |
6523 | ||
6524 | // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper | |
6525 | // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end | |
6526 | void | |
6527 | wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords, | |
6528 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6529 | { | |
6530 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
6531 | { | |
6532 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6533 | if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
6534 | break; | |
6535 | } | |
6536 | } | |
6537 | ||
6538 | bool | |
6539 | wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection, | |
6540 | const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper) | |
6541 | { | |
6542 | if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6543 | return false; | |
6544 | ||
6545 | if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) ) | |
6546 | return false; | |
6547 | ||
6548 | wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6549 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
6550 | { | |
6551 | // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells | |
6552 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
6553 | } | |
6554 | else // current cell is not empty | |
6555 | { | |
6556 | diroper.Advance(coords); | |
6557 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) ) | |
6558 | { | |
6559 | // we started at the end of a block, find the next one | |
6560 | AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper); | |
6561 | } | |
6562 | else // we're in a middle of a block | |
6563 | { | |
6564 | // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next | |
6565 | // empty one | |
6566 | while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) ) | |
6567 | { | |
6568 | wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords); | |
6569 | diroper.Advance(coordsNext); | |
6570 | if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) ) | |
6571 | break; | |
6572 | ||
6573 | coords = coordsNext; | |
6574 | } | |
6575 | } | |
6576 | } | |
6577 | ||
6578 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6579 | { | |
6580 | UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
6581 | } | |
6582 | else | |
6583 | { | |
6584 | ClearSelection(); | |
6585 | GoToCell(coords); | |
6586 | } | |
6587 | ||
6588 | return true; | |
6589 | } | |
6590 | ||
6591 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection) | |
6592 | { | |
6593 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6594 | expandSelection, | |
6595 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
6596 | ); | |
6597 | } | |
6598 | ||
6599 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6600 | { | |
6601 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6602 | expandSelection, | |
6603 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()) | |
6604 | ); | |
6605 | } | |
6606 | ||
6607 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6608 | { | |
6609 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6610 | expandSelection, | |
6611 | wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
6612 | ); | |
6613 | } | |
6614 | ||
6615 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6616 | { | |
6617 | return DoMoveCursorByBlock( | |
6618 | expandSelection, | |
6619 | wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()) | |
6620 | ); | |
6621 | } | |
6622 | ||
6623 | // | |
6624 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
6625 | // | |
6626 | ||
6627 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
6628 | { | |
6629 | if ( horiz ) | |
6630 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
6631 | if ( vert ) | |
6632 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
6633 | } | |
6634 | ||
6635 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
6636 | { | |
6637 | if ( horiz ) | |
6638 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
6639 | if ( vert ) | |
6640 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
6641 | } | |
6642 | ||
6643 | int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const | |
6644 | { | |
6645 | return m_colLabelTextOrientation; | |
6646 | } | |
6647 | ||
6648 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const | |
6649 | { | |
6650 | if ( m_table ) | |
6651 | { | |
6652 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
6653 | } | |
6654 | else | |
6655 | { | |
6656 | wxString s; | |
6657 | s << row; | |
6658 | return s; | |
6659 | } | |
6660 | } | |
6661 | ||
6662 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const | |
6663 | { | |
6664 | if ( m_table ) | |
6665 | { | |
6666 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
6667 | } | |
6668 | else | |
6669 | { | |
6670 | wxString s; | |
6671 | s << col; | |
6672 | return s; | |
6673 | } | |
6674 | } | |
6675 | ||
6676 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
6677 | { | |
6678 | wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
6679 | ||
6680 | if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
6681 | { | |
6682 | width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW); | |
6683 | } | |
6684 | ||
6685 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
6686 | { | |
6687 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
6688 | { | |
6689 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
6690 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
6691 | } | |
6692 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
6693 | { | |
6694 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
6695 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) | |
6696 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
6697 | } | |
6698 | ||
6699 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
6700 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6701 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
6702 | } | |
6703 | } | |
6704 | ||
6705 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
6706 | { | |
6707 | wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ); | |
6708 | ||
6709 | if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE ) | |
6710 | { | |
6711 | height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN); | |
6712 | } | |
6713 | ||
6714 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
6715 | { | |
6716 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
6717 | { | |
6718 | m_colWindow->Show( false ); | |
6719 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false ); | |
6720 | } | |
6721 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
6722 | { | |
6723 | m_colWindow->Show( true ); | |
6724 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) | |
6725 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true ); | |
6726 | } | |
6727 | ||
6728 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
6729 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6730 | wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true ); | |
6731 | } | |
6732 | } | |
6733 | ||
6734 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6735 | { | |
6736 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
6737 | { | |
6738 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
6739 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6740 | m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6741 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6742 | ||
6743 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6744 | { | |
6745 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6746 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6747 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6748 | } | |
6749 | } | |
6750 | } | |
6751 | ||
6752 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6753 | { | |
6754 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
6755 | { | |
6756 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
6757 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6758 | { | |
6759 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6760 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6761 | } | |
6762 | } | |
6763 | } | |
6764 | ||
6765 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
6766 | { | |
6767 | m_labelFont = font; | |
6768 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6769 | { | |
6770 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6771 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6772 | } | |
6773 | } | |
6774 | ||
6775 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6776 | { | |
6777 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
6778 | switch ( horiz ) | |
6779 | { | |
6780 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
6781 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
6782 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6783 | } | |
6784 | ||
6785 | switch ( vert ) | |
6786 | { | |
6787 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
6788 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
6789 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6790 | } | |
6791 | ||
6792 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
6793 | { | |
6794 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
6795 | } | |
6796 | ||
6797 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
6798 | { | |
6799 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
6800 | } | |
6801 | ||
6802 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6803 | { | |
6804 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6805 | } | |
6806 | } | |
6807 | ||
6808 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6809 | { | |
6810 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
6811 | switch ( horiz ) | |
6812 | { | |
6813 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
6814 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
6815 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6816 | } | |
6817 | ||
6818 | switch ( vert ) | |
6819 | { | |
6820 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
6821 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
6822 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
6823 | } | |
6824 | ||
6825 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
6826 | { | |
6827 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
6828 | } | |
6829 | ||
6830 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
6831 | { | |
6832 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
6833 | } | |
6834 | ||
6835 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6836 | { | |
6837 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6838 | } | |
6839 | } | |
6840 | ||
6841 | // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it | |
6842 | // does not support vertical printing | |
6843 | // | |
6844 | // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD); | |
6845 | // pGrid->SetLabelFont(font); | |
6846 | // pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
6847 | // | |
6848 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation ) | |
6849 | { | |
6850 | if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL ) | |
6851 | m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation; | |
6852 | ||
6853 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6854 | m_colWindow->Refresh(); | |
6855 | } | |
6856 | ||
6857 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
6858 | { | |
6859 | if ( m_table ) | |
6860 | { | |
6861 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
6862 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6863 | { | |
6864 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 ); | |
6865 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
6866 | { | |
6867 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
6868 | rect.x = 0; | |
6869 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6870 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6871 | } | |
6872 | } | |
6873 | } | |
6874 | } | |
6875 | ||
6876 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
6877 | { | |
6878 | if ( m_table ) | |
6879 | { | |
6880 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
6881 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6882 | { | |
6883 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
6884 | { | |
6885 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
6886 | } | |
6887 | else | |
6888 | { | |
6889 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
6890 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
6891 | { | |
6892 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
6893 | rect.y = 0; | |
6894 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
6895 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
6896 | } | |
6897 | } | |
6898 | } | |
6899 | } | |
6900 | } | |
6901 | ||
6902 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6903 | { | |
6904 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
6905 | { | |
6906 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
6907 | ||
6908 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
6909 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
6910 | } | |
6911 | } | |
6912 | ||
6913 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6914 | { | |
6915 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
6916 | { | |
6917 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
6918 | ||
6919 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6920 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6921 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6922 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
6923 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6924 | } | |
6925 | } | |
6926 | ||
6927 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
6928 | { | |
6929 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) | |
6930 | { | |
6931 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
6932 | ||
6933 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
6934 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
6935 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6936 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6937 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6938 | return; | |
6939 | ||
6940 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6941 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
6942 | } | |
6943 | } | |
6944 | ||
6945 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
6946 | { | |
6947 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) | |
6948 | { | |
6949 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
6950 | ||
6951 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
6952 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
6953 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6954 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6955 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || | |
6956 | GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6957 | return; | |
6958 | ||
6959 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6960 | m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect); | |
6961 | } | |
6962 | } | |
6963 | ||
6964 | void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines() | |
6965 | { | |
6966 | // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn | |
6967 | if ( GetBatchCount() ) | |
6968 | return; | |
6969 | ||
6970 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
6971 | { | |
6972 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6973 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6974 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
6975 | } | |
6976 | else // remove the grid lines | |
6977 | { | |
6978 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6979 | } | |
6980 | } | |
6981 | ||
6982 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
6983 | { | |
6984 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6985 | { | |
6986 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
6987 | ||
6988 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
6989 | } | |
6990 | } | |
6991 | ||
6992 | void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip) | |
6993 | { | |
6994 | if ( clip != var ) | |
6995 | { | |
6996 | var = clip; | |
6997 | ||
6998 | if ( GridLinesEnabled() ) | |
6999 | RedrawGridLines(); | |
7000 | } | |
7001 | } | |
7002 | ||
7003 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const | |
7004 | { | |
7005 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
7006 | } | |
7007 | ||
7008 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const | |
7009 | { | |
7010 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") ); | |
7011 | ||
7012 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
7013 | } | |
7014 | ||
7015 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const | |
7016 | { | |
7017 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
7018 | } | |
7019 | ||
7020 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const | |
7021 | { | |
7022 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") ); | |
7023 | ||
7024 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
7025 | } | |
7026 | ||
7027 | // ============================================================================ | |
7028 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
7029 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
7030 | // ============================================================================ | |
7031 | ||
7032 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7033 | // setting default attributes | |
7034 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7035 | ||
7036 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7037 | { | |
7038 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7039 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
7040 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7041 | #endif | |
7042 | } | |
7043 | ||
7044 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7045 | { | |
7046 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
7047 | } | |
7048 | ||
7049 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7050 | { | |
7051 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7052 | } | |
7053 | ||
7054 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow ) | |
7055 | { | |
7056 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
7057 | } | |
7058 | ||
7059 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
7060 | { | |
7061 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
7062 | } | |
7063 | ||
7064 | // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the | |
7065 | // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string | |
7066 | // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to | |
7067 | // work correctly. | |
7068 | ||
7069 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
7070 | { | |
7071 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
7072 | renderer, | |
7073 | GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)); | |
7074 | } | |
7075 | ||
7076 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
7077 | { | |
7078 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
7079 | GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING), | |
7080 | editor); | |
7081 | } | |
7082 | ||
7083 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7084 | // access to the default attributes | |
7085 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7086 | ||
7087 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const | |
7088 | { | |
7089 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7090 | } | |
7091 | ||
7092 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const | |
7093 | { | |
7094 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
7095 | } | |
7096 | ||
7097 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const | |
7098 | { | |
7099 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
7100 | } | |
7101 | ||
7102 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
7103 | { | |
7104 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7105 | } | |
7106 | ||
7107 | bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const | |
7108 | { | |
7109 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow(); | |
7110 | } | |
7111 | ||
7112 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
7113 | { | |
7114 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
7115 | } | |
7116 | ||
7117 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
7118 | { | |
7119 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
7120 | } | |
7121 | ||
7122 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7123 | // access to cell attributes | |
7124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7125 | ||
7126 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const | |
7127 | { | |
7128 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7129 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7130 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7131 | ||
7132 | return colour; | |
7133 | } | |
7134 | ||
7135 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const | |
7136 | { | |
7137 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7138 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
7139 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7140 | ||
7141 | return colour; | |
7142 | } | |
7143 | ||
7144 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const | |
7145 | { | |
7146 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7147 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
7148 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7149 | ||
7150 | return font; | |
7151 | } | |
7152 | ||
7153 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const | |
7154 | { | |
7155 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7156 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7157 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7158 | } | |
7159 | ||
7160 | bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const | |
7161 | { | |
7162 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7163 | bool allow = attr->GetOverflow(); | |
7164 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7165 | ||
7166 | return allow; | |
7167 | } | |
7168 | ||
7169 | wxGrid::CellSpan | |
7170 | wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const | |
7171 | { | |
7172 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7173 | attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols ); | |
7174 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7175 | ||
7176 | if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 ) | |
7177 | return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell | |
7178 | ||
7179 | if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 ) | |
7180 | return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell | |
7181 | ||
7182 | // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom | |
7183 | return CellSpan_Main; | |
7184 | } | |
7185 | ||
7186 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const | |
7187 | { | |
7188 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7189 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7190 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7191 | ||
7192 | return renderer; | |
7193 | } | |
7194 | ||
7195 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const | |
7196 | { | |
7197 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7198 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7199 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7200 | ||
7201 | return editor; | |
7202 | } | |
7203 | ||
7204 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
7205 | { | |
7206 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7207 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
7208 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7209 | ||
7210 | return isReadOnly; | |
7211 | } | |
7212 | ||
7213 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7214 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
7215 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7216 | ||
7217 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const | |
7218 | { | |
7219 | if ( !m_table ) | |
7220 | { | |
7221 | return false; | |
7222 | } | |
7223 | ||
7224 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
7225 | } | |
7226 | ||
7227 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
7228 | { | |
7229 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
7230 | { | |
7231 | wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
7232 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
7233 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
7234 | // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses | |
7235 | // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the | |
7236 | // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important | |
7237 | // to invalidate the cache before calling wxSafeDecRef! | |
7238 | wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr); | |
7239 | } | |
7240 | } | |
7241 | ||
7242 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
7243 | { | |
7244 | if ( attr != NULL ) | |
7245 | { | |
7246 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
7247 | ||
7248 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
7249 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
7250 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
7251 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
7252 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
7253 | } | |
7254 | } | |
7255 | ||
7256 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
7257 | { | |
7258 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
7259 | { | |
7260 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
7261 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7262 | ||
7263 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7264 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
7265 | #endif | |
7266 | ||
7267 | return true; | |
7268 | } | |
7269 | else | |
7270 | { | |
7271 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7272 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
7273 | #endif | |
7274 | ||
7275 | return false; | |
7276 | } | |
7277 | } | |
7278 | ||
7279 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7280 | { | |
7281 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
7282 | // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for | |
7283 | // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management. | |
7284 | if ( row >= 0 ) | |
7285 | { | |
7286 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
7287 | { | |
7288 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any) | |
7289 | : NULL; | |
7290 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
7291 | } | |
7292 | } | |
7293 | ||
7294 | if (attr) | |
7295 | { | |
7296 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7297 | } | |
7298 | else | |
7299 | { | |
7300 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
7301 | attr->IncRef(); | |
7302 | } | |
7303 | ||
7304 | return attr; | |
7305 | } | |
7306 | ||
7307 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7308 | { | |
7309 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL; | |
7310 | bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
7311 | ||
7312 | wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed")); | |
7313 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") ); | |
7314 | ||
7315 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
7316 | if ( !attr ) | |
7317 | { | |
7318 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7319 | ||
7320 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
7321 | attr->IncRef(); | |
7322 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
7323 | } | |
7324 | ||
7325 | return attr; | |
7326 | } | |
7327 | ||
7328 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7329 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
7330 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7331 | ||
7332 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
7333 | { | |
7334 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
7335 | } | |
7336 | ||
7337 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
7338 | { | |
7339 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
7340 | } | |
7341 | ||
7342 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
7343 | { | |
7344 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
7345 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
7346 | { | |
7347 | typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision; | |
7348 | } | |
7349 | ||
7350 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
7351 | } | |
7352 | ||
7353 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
7354 | { | |
7355 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
7356 | if (!attr) | |
7357 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
7358 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
7359 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7360 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
7361 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7362 | ||
7363 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
7364 | ||
7365 | } | |
7366 | ||
7367 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7368 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
7369 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7370 | ||
7371 | void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7372 | { | |
7373 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7374 | { | |
7375 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
7376 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
7377 | } | |
7378 | else | |
7379 | { | |
7380 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7381 | } | |
7382 | } | |
7383 | ||
7384 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7385 | { | |
7386 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7387 | { | |
7388 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
7389 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
7390 | } | |
7391 | else | |
7392 | { | |
7393 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7394 | } | |
7395 | } | |
7396 | ||
7397 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7398 | { | |
7399 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7400 | { | |
7401 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
7402 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
7403 | } | |
7404 | else | |
7405 | { | |
7406 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7407 | } | |
7408 | } | |
7409 | ||
7410 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
7411 | { | |
7412 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7413 | { | |
7414 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7415 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
7416 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7417 | } | |
7418 | } | |
7419 | ||
7420 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
7421 | { | |
7422 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7423 | { | |
7424 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7425 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
7426 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7427 | } | |
7428 | } | |
7429 | ||
7430 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
7431 | { | |
7432 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7433 | { | |
7434 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7435 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
7436 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7437 | } | |
7438 | } | |
7439 | ||
7440 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
7441 | { | |
7442 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7443 | { | |
7444 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7445 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7446 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7447 | } | |
7448 | } | |
7449 | ||
7450 | void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow ) | |
7451 | { | |
7452 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7453 | { | |
7454 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7455 | attr->SetOverflow(allow); | |
7456 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7457 | } | |
7458 | } | |
7459 | ||
7460 | void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols ) | |
7461 | { | |
7462 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7463 | { | |
7464 | int cell_rows, cell_cols; | |
7465 | ||
7466 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7467 | attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols); | |
7468 | attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols); | |
7469 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7470 | ||
7471 | // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values | |
7472 | // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot | |
7473 | // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr. | |
7474 | // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn | |
7475 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)), | |
7476 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell")); | |
7477 | wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)), | |
7478 | wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1")); | |
7479 | ||
7480 | // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first | |
7481 | if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1)) | |
7482 | { | |
7483 | int i, j; | |
7484 | for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++) | |
7485 | { | |
7486 | for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++) | |
7487 | { | |
7488 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
7489 | { | |
7490 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
7491 | attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 ); | |
7492 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
7493 | } | |
7494 | } | |
7495 | } | |
7496 | } | |
7497 | ||
7498 | // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to | |
7499 | // negative or zero values to point back at this cell | |
7500 | if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1)) | |
7501 | { | |
7502 | int i, j; | |
7503 | for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++) | |
7504 | { | |
7505 | for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++) | |
7506 | { | |
7507 | if ((i != col) || (j != row)) | |
7508 | { | |
7509 | wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i); | |
7510 | attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i ); | |
7511 | attr_stub->DecRef(); | |
7512 | } | |
7513 | } | |
7514 | } | |
7515 | } | |
7516 | } | |
7517 | } | |
7518 | ||
7519 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
7520 | { | |
7521 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7522 | { | |
7523 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7524 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7525 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7526 | } | |
7527 | } | |
7528 | ||
7529 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
7530 | { | |
7531 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7532 | { | |
7533 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7534 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7535 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7536 | } | |
7537 | } | |
7538 | ||
7539 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
7540 | { | |
7541 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7542 | { | |
7543 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7544 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
7545 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7546 | } | |
7547 | } | |
7548 | ||
7549 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7550 | // Data type registration | |
7551 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7552 | ||
7553 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
7554 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
7555 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
7556 | { | |
7557 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
7558 | } | |
7559 | ||
7560 | ||
7561 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
7562 | { | |
7563 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
7564 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
7565 | } | |
7566 | ||
7567 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
7568 | { | |
7569 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
7570 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
7571 | } | |
7572 | ||
7573 | wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
7574 | { | |
7575 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
7576 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
7577 | { | |
7578 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
7579 | ||
7580 | return NULL; | |
7581 | } | |
7582 | ||
7583 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
7584 | } | |
7585 | ||
7586 | wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
7587 | { | |
7588 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
7589 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
7590 | { | |
7591 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str())); | |
7592 | ||
7593 | return NULL; | |
7594 | } | |
7595 | ||
7596 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
7597 | } | |
7598 | ||
7599 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7600 | // row/col size | |
7601 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7602 | ||
7603 | void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed) | |
7604 | { | |
7605 | if ( !setFixed ) | |
7606 | { | |
7607 | setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet; | |
7608 | } | |
7609 | ||
7610 | setFixed->insert(line); | |
7611 | } | |
7612 | ||
7613 | bool | |
7614 | wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const | |
7615 | { | |
7616 | return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line); | |
7617 | } | |
7618 | ||
7619 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
7620 | { | |
7621 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
7622 | } | |
7623 | ||
7624 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
7625 | { | |
7626 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
7627 | } | |
7628 | ||
7629 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
7630 | { | |
7631 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
7632 | } | |
7633 | ||
7634 | void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable ) | |
7635 | { | |
7636 | m_canDragCell = enable; | |
7637 | } | |
7638 | ||
7639 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
7640 | { | |
7641 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ); | |
7642 | ||
7643 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
7644 | { | |
7645 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
7646 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
7647 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
7648 | // some speed optimisations) | |
7649 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
7650 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
7651 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7652 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7653 | } | |
7654 | } | |
7655 | ||
7656 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
7657 | { | |
7658 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") ); | |
7659 | ||
7660 | // if < 0 then calculate new height from label | |
7661 | if ( height < 0 ) | |
7662 | { | |
7663 | long w, h; | |
7664 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7665 | wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin); | |
7666 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
7667 | StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines); | |
7668 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
7669 | //check that it is not less than the minimal height | |
7670 | height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()); | |
7671 | } | |
7672 | ||
7673 | // See comment in SetColSize | |
7674 | if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
7675 | return; | |
7676 | ||
7677 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
7678 | { | |
7679 | // need to really create the array | |
7680 | InitRowHeights(); | |
7681 | } | |
7682 | ||
7683 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
7684 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
7685 | ||
7686 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
7687 | for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7688 | { | |
7689 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
7690 | } | |
7691 | ||
7692 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7693 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7694 | } | |
7695 | ||
7696 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
7697 | { | |
7698 | // we dont allow zero default column width | |
7699 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 ); | |
7700 | ||
7701 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
7702 | { | |
7703 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
7704 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
7705 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
7706 | // some speed optimisations) | |
7707 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
7708 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
7709 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7710 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7711 | } | |
7712 | } | |
7713 | ||
7714 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
7715 | { | |
7716 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") ); | |
7717 | ||
7718 | // if < 0 then calculate new width from label | |
7719 | if ( width < 0 ) | |
7720 | { | |
7721 | long w, h; | |
7722 | wxArrayString lines; | |
7723 | wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow); | |
7724 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
7725 | StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines); | |
7726 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL ) | |
7727 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h ); | |
7728 | else | |
7729 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w ); | |
7730 | width = w + 6; | |
7731 | //check that it is not less than the minimal width | |
7732 | width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()); | |
7733 | } | |
7734 | ||
7735 | // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than | |
7736 | // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with | |
7737 | // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see | |
7738 | // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special | |
7739 | // sense of hiding the column | |
7740 | if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() ) | |
7741 | return; | |
7742 | ||
7743 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
7744 | { | |
7745 | // need to really create the array | |
7746 | InitColWidths(); | |
7747 | } | |
7748 | ||
7749 | const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col]; | |
7750 | m_colWidths[col] = width; | |
7751 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
7752 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
7753 | //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn | |
7754 | ||
7755 | for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ ) | |
7756 | { | |
7757 | m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff; | |
7758 | } | |
7759 | ||
7760 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7761 | { | |
7762 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7763 | Refresh(); | |
7764 | } | |
7765 | } | |
7766 | ||
7767 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
7768 | { | |
7769 | if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth()) | |
7770 | { | |
7771 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
7772 | m_colMinWidths[key] = width; | |
7773 | } | |
7774 | } | |
7775 | ||
7776 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
7777 | { | |
7778 | if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight()) | |
7779 | { | |
7780 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
7781 | m_rowMinHeights[key] = width; | |
7782 | } | |
7783 | } | |
7784 | ||
7785 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
7786 | { | |
7787 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col; | |
7788 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key); | |
7789 | ||
7790 | return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
7791 | } | |
7792 | ||
7793 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
7794 | { | |
7795 | wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row; | |
7796 | wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key); | |
7797 | ||
7798 | return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
7799 | } | |
7800 | ||
7801 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width ) | |
7802 | { | |
7803 | // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us | |
7804 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns. | |
7805 | if ( width >= 0 ) | |
7806 | m_minAcceptableColWidth = width; | |
7807 | } | |
7808 | ||
7809 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height ) | |
7810 | { | |
7811 | // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us | |
7812 | // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows. | |
7813 | if ( height >= 0 ) | |
7814 | m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height; | |
7815 | } | |
7816 | ||
7817 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const | |
7818 | { | |
7819 | return m_minAcceptableColWidth; | |
7820 | } | |
7821 | ||
7822 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const | |
7823 | { | |
7824 | return m_minAcceptableRowHeight; | |
7825 | } | |
7826 | ||
7827 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7828 | // auto sizing | |
7829 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7830 | ||
7831 | void | |
7832 | wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction) | |
7833 | { | |
7834 | const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN; | |
7835 | ||
7836 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
7837 | ||
7838 | // cancel editing of cell | |
7839 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7840 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
7841 | ||
7842 | // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings | |
7843 | int row = -1, | |
7844 | col = -1; | |
7845 | ||
7846 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
7847 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
7848 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
7849 | { | |
7850 | if ( column ) | |
7851 | { | |
7852 | row = rowOrCol; | |
7853 | col = colOrRow; | |
7854 | } | |
7855 | else | |
7856 | { | |
7857 | row = colOrRow; | |
7858 | col = rowOrCol; | |
7859 | } | |
7860 | ||
7861 | // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows: | |
7862 | // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in | |
7863 | // this column/row | |
7864 | int numRows, numCols; | |
7865 | const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols); | |
7866 | if ( span == CellSpan_Inside ) | |
7867 | { | |
7868 | // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden | |
7869 | // by it | |
7870 | row += numRows; | |
7871 | col += numCols; | |
7872 | ||
7873 | // get the size of the main cell too | |
7874 | GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols); | |
7875 | } | |
7876 | ||
7877 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7878 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7879 | if ( renderer ) | |
7880 | { | |
7881 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
7882 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
7883 | ||
7884 | if ( span != CellSpan_None ) | |
7885 | { | |
7886 | // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it | |
7887 | // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't | |
7888 | // really do much better here | |
7889 | // | |
7890 | // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they | |
7891 | // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not | |
7892 | // of the cell inside it | |
7893 | extent /= column ? numCols : numRows; | |
7894 | } | |
7895 | ||
7896 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
7897 | extentMax = extent; | |
7898 | ||
7899 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7900 | } | |
7901 | ||
7902 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7903 | } | |
7904 | ||
7905 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
7906 | wxCoord w, h; | |
7907 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7908 | ||
7909 | if ( column ) | |
7910 | { | |
7911 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
7912 | if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL ) | |
7913 | w = h; | |
7914 | } | |
7915 | else | |
7916 | dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
7917 | ||
7918 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
7919 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
7920 | extentMax = extent; | |
7921 | ||
7922 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
7923 | { | |
7924 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
7925 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
7926 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
7927 | } | |
7928 | else | |
7929 | { | |
7930 | if ( column ) | |
7931 | // leave some space around text | |
7932 | extentMax += 10; | |
7933 | else | |
7934 | extentMax += 6; | |
7935 | } | |
7936 | ||
7937 | if ( column ) | |
7938 | { | |
7939 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the | |
7940 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
7941 | // in SetColSize(). | |
7942 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
7943 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col)); | |
7944 | ||
7945 | SetColSize( col, extentMax ); | |
7946 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7947 | { | |
7948 | if ( m_useNativeHeader ) | |
7949 | { | |
7950 | GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col); | |
7951 | } | |
7952 | else | |
7953 | { | |
7954 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
7955 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7956 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
7957 | rect.y = 0; | |
7958 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
7959 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
7960 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
7961 | GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
7962 | } | |
7963 | } | |
7964 | } | |
7965 | else | |
7966 | { | |
7967 | // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the | |
7968 | // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done | |
7969 | // in SetRowSize(). | |
7970 | if ( !setAsMin ) | |
7971 | extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row)); | |
7972 | ||
7973 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
7974 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7975 | { | |
7976 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
7977 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7978 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
7979 | rect.x = 0; | |
7980 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
7981 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7982 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
7983 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect ); | |
7984 | } | |
7985 | } | |
7986 | ||
7987 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
7988 | { | |
7989 | if ( column ) | |
7990 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
7991 | else | |
7992 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
7993 | } | |
7994 | } | |
7995 | ||
7996 | wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction) | |
7997 | { | |
7998 | // calculate size for the rows or columns? | |
7999 | const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW; | |
8000 | ||
8001 | wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow() | |
8002 | : GetGridColLabelWindow()); | |
8003 | dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont()); | |
8004 | ||
8005 | // which dimension should we take into account for calculations? | |
8006 | // | |
8007 | // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows | |
8008 | // we also have to take into account the text orientation | |
8009 | const bool | |
8010 | useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL); | |
8011 | ||
8012 | wxArrayString lines; | |
8013 | wxCoord extentMax = 0; | |
8014 | ||
8015 | const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
8016 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ ) | |
8017 | { | |
8018 | lines.Clear(); | |
8019 | ||
8020 | wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol) | |
8021 | : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol); | |
8022 | StringToLines(label, lines); | |
8023 | ||
8024 | long w, h; | |
8025 | GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h); | |
8026 | ||
8027 | const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h; | |
8028 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
8029 | extentMax = extent; | |
8030 | } | |
8031 | ||
8032 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
8033 | { | |
8034 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
8035 | // than default extent but != 0, it's OK) | |
8036 | extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize() | |
8037 | : GetDefaultColLabelSize(); | |
8038 | } | |
8039 | ||
8040 | // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow) | |
8041 | if ( calcRows ) | |
8042 | extentMax += 10; | |
8043 | else | |
8044 | extentMax += 6; | |
8045 | ||
8046 | return extentMax; | |
8047 | } | |
8048 | ||
8049 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8050 | { | |
8051 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8052 | ||
8053 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
8054 | if(!calcOnly) | |
8055 | locker.Create(this); | |
8056 | ||
8057 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
8058 | { | |
8059 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8060 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
8061 | ||
8062 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
8063 | } | |
8064 | ||
8065 | return width; | |
8066 | } | |
8067 | ||
8068 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8069 | { | |
8070 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8071 | ||
8072 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker; | |
8073 | if(!calcOnly) | |
8074 | locker.Create(this); | |
8075 | ||
8076 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
8077 | { | |
8078 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8079 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
8080 | ||
8081 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
8082 | } | |
8083 | ||
8084 | return height; | |
8085 | } | |
8086 | ||
8087 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
8088 | { | |
8089 | wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this); | |
8090 | ||
8091 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
8092 | SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
8093 | ||
8094 | // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to | |
8095 | // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct | |
8096 | // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars | |
8097 | SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true); | |
8098 | ||
8099 | // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars() | |
8100 | SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY); | |
8101 | ||
8102 | SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight); | |
8103 | } | |
8104 | ||
8105 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row ) | |
8106 | { | |
8107 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
8108 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
8109 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
8110 | { | |
8111 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8112 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
8113 | } | |
8114 | ||
8115 | // autosize row height depending on label text | |
8116 | SetRowSize(row, -1); | |
8117 | ForceRefresh(); | |
8118 | } | |
8119 | ||
8120 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col ) | |
8121 | { | |
8122 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
8123 | // won't interfere with drag-shrinking. | |
8124 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
8125 | { | |
8126 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8127 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
8128 | } | |
8129 | ||
8130 | // autosize column width depending on label text | |
8131 | SetColSize(col, -1); | |
8132 | ForceRefresh(); | |
8133 | } | |
8134 | ||
8135 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
8136 | { | |
8137 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
8138 | ||
8139 | // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't | |
8140 | // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them | |
8141 | wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth, | |
8142 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight); | |
8143 | ||
8144 | // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to | |
8145 | // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this | |
8146 | // calculation. | |
8147 | // CacheBestSize(size); | |
8148 | ||
8149 | return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight) | |
8150 | + GetWindowBorderSize(); | |
8151 | } | |
8152 | ||
8153 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
8154 | { | |
8155 | AutoSize(); | |
8156 | } | |
8157 | ||
8158 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
8159 | { | |
8160 | return wxNullPen; | |
8161 | } | |
8162 | ||
8163 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8164 | // cell value accessor functions | |
8165 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8166 | ||
8167 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
8168 | { | |
8169 | if ( m_table ) | |
8170 | { | |
8171 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
8172 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8173 | { | |
8174 | int dummy; | |
8175 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
8176 | rect.x = 0; | |
8177 | rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
8178 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
8179 | m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect ); | |
8180 | } | |
8181 | ||
8182 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
8183 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
8184 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
8185 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
8186 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
8187 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
8188 | { | |
8189 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8190 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
8191 | } | |
8192 | } | |
8193 | } | |
8194 | ||
8195 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8196 | // block, row and column selection | |
8197 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8198 | ||
8199 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
8200 | { | |
8201 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8202 | return; | |
8203 | ||
8204 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
8205 | ClearSelection(); | |
8206 | ||
8207 | m_selection->SelectRow(row); | |
8208 | } | |
8209 | ||
8210 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
8211 | { | |
8212 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8213 | return; | |
8214 | ||
8215 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
8216 | ClearSelection(); | |
8217 | ||
8218 | m_selection->SelectCol(col); | |
8219 | } | |
8220 | ||
8221 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
8222 | bool addToSelected) | |
8223 | { | |
8224 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8225 | return; | |
8226 | ||
8227 | if ( !addToSelected ) | |
8228 | ClearSelection(); | |
8229 | ||
8230 | m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol); | |
8231 | } | |
8232 | ||
8233 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
8234 | { | |
8235 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
8236 | { | |
8237 | if ( m_selection ) | |
8238 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 ); | |
8239 | } | |
8240 | } | |
8241 | ||
8242 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8243 | // cell, row and col deselection | |
8244 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8245 | ||
8246 | void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
8247 | { | |
8248 | if ( !m_selection ) | |
8249 | return; | |
8250 | ||
8251 | const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode(); | |
8252 | if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() || | |
8253 | mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns ) | |
8254 | { | |
8255 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0)); | |
8256 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
8257 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
8258 | } | |
8259 | else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() ) | |
8260 | { | |
8261 | const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
8262 | for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ ) | |
8263 | { | |
8264 | const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i)); | |
8265 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) ) | |
8266 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c); | |
8267 | } | |
8268 | } | |
8269 | //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction | |
8270 | // could have been selected anyhow | |
8271 | } | |
8272 | ||
8273 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row) | |
8274 | { | |
8275 | DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
8276 | } | |
8277 | ||
8278 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col) | |
8279 | { | |
8280 | DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8281 | } | |
8282 | ||
8283 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
8284 | { | |
8285 | if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
8286 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
8287 | } | |
8288 | ||
8289 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const | |
8290 | { | |
8291 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
8292 | ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8293 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) ); | |
8294 | } | |
8295 | ||
8296 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const | |
8297 | { | |
8298 | return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
8299 | ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
8300 | col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
8301 | row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
8302 | col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) ); | |
8303 | } | |
8304 | ||
8305 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const | |
8306 | { | |
8307 | if (!m_selection) | |
8308 | { | |
8309 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
8310 | return a; | |
8311 | } | |
8312 | ||
8313 | return m_selection->m_cellSelection; | |
8314 | } | |
8315 | ||
8316 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const | |
8317 | { | |
8318 | if (!m_selection) | |
8319 | { | |
8320 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
8321 | return a; | |
8322 | } | |
8323 | ||
8324 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft; | |
8325 | } | |
8326 | ||
8327 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const | |
8328 | { | |
8329 | if (!m_selection) | |
8330 | { | |
8331 | wxGridCellCoordsArray a; | |
8332 | return a; | |
8333 | } | |
8334 | ||
8335 | return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight; | |
8336 | } | |
8337 | ||
8338 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const | |
8339 | { | |
8340 | if (!m_selection) | |
8341 | { | |
8342 | wxArrayInt a; | |
8343 | return a; | |
8344 | } | |
8345 | ||
8346 | return m_selection->m_rowSelection; | |
8347 | } | |
8348 | ||
8349 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const | |
8350 | { | |
8351 | if (!m_selection) | |
8352 | { | |
8353 | wxArrayInt a; | |
8354 | return a; | |
8355 | } | |
8356 | ||
8357 | return m_selection->m_colSelection; | |
8358 | } | |
8359 | ||
8360 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
8361 | { | |
8362 | wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft, | |
8363 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight); | |
8364 | wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, | |
8365 | m_selectedBlockCorner); | |
8366 | ||
8367 | m_selectedBlockTopLeft = | |
8368 | m_selectedBlockBottomRight = | |
8369 | m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8370 | ||
8371 | if ( !r1.IsEmpty() ) | |
8372 | RefreshRect(r1, false); | |
8373 | if ( !r2.IsEmpty() ) | |
8374 | RefreshRect(r2, false); | |
8375 | ||
8376 | if ( m_selection ) | |
8377 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
8378 | } | |
8379 | ||
8380 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
8381 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
8382 | // | |
8383 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
8384 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const | |
8385 | { | |
8386 | wxRect resultRect; | |
8387 | wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft); | |
8388 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8389 | { | |
8390 | resultRect = tempCellRect; | |
8391 | } | |
8392 | else | |
8393 | { | |
8394 | resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0); | |
8395 | } | |
8396 | ||
8397 | tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight); | |
8398 | if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8399 | { | |
8400 | resultRect += tempCellRect; | |
8401 | } | |
8402 | else | |
8403 | { | |
8404 | // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do. | |
8405 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
8406 | } | |
8407 | ||
8408 | // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order. | |
8409 | int left = resultRect.GetLeft(); | |
8410 | int top = resultRect.GetTop(); | |
8411 | int right = resultRect.GetRight(); | |
8412 | int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom(); | |
8413 | ||
8414 | int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol(); | |
8415 | int topRow = topLeft.GetRow(); | |
8416 | int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol(); | |
8417 | int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow(); | |
8418 | ||
8419 | if (left > right) | |
8420 | { | |
8421 | int tmp = left; | |
8422 | left = right; | |
8423 | right = tmp; | |
8424 | ||
8425 | tmp = leftCol; | |
8426 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
8427 | rightCol = tmp; | |
8428 | } | |
8429 | ||
8430 | if (top > bottom) | |
8431 | { | |
8432 | int tmp = top; | |
8433 | top = bottom; | |
8434 | bottom = tmp; | |
8435 | ||
8436 | tmp = topRow; | |
8437 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
8438 | bottomRow = tmp; | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | ||
8441 | // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells. | |
8442 | int cw, ch; | |
8443 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8444 | ||
8445 | // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the | |
8446 | // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right. | |
8447 | int gridOriginX = 0; | |
8448 | int gridOriginY = 0; | |
8449 | CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY); | |
8450 | ||
8451 | int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX); | |
8452 | int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY); | |
8453 | ||
8454 | int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw); | |
8455 | int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch); | |
8456 | ||
8457 | // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block | |
8458 | // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values | |
8459 | // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the | |
8460 | // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately. | |
8461 | const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow); | |
8462 | const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow); | |
8463 | const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol); | |
8464 | const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol); | |
8465 | ||
8466 | for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ ) | |
8467 | { | |
8468 | for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ ) | |
8469 | { | |
8470 | if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) || | |
8471 | (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) ) | |
8472 | { | |
8473 | tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i ); | |
8474 | ||
8475 | if (tempCellRect.x < left) | |
8476 | left = tempCellRect.x; | |
8477 | if (tempCellRect.y < top) | |
8478 | top = tempCellRect.y; | |
8479 | if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right) | |
8480 | right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width; | |
8481 | if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom) | |
8482 | bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height; | |
8483 | } | |
8484 | else | |
8485 | { | |
8486 | i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells. | |
8487 | } | |
8488 | } | |
8489 | } | |
8490 | ||
8491 | // Convert to scrolled coords | |
8492 | CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top ); | |
8493 | CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom ); | |
8494 | ||
8495 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
8496 | return wxRect(0,0,0,0); | |
8497 | ||
8498 | resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
8499 | resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
8500 | resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
8501 | resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
8502 | ||
8503 | return resultRect; | |
8504 | } | |
8505 | ||
8506 | void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo, | |
8507 | const wxGridOperations& oper) | |
8508 | { | |
8509 | BeginBatch(); | |
8510 | oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true); | |
8511 | const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this); | |
8512 | for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ ) | |
8513 | { | |
8514 | int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i); | |
8515 | if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault) | |
8516 | oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size); | |
8517 | } | |
8518 | EndBatch(); | |
8519 | } | |
8520 | ||
8521 | void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) | |
8522 | { | |
8523 | DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations()); | |
8524 | } | |
8525 | ||
8526 | void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo) | |
8527 | { | |
8528 | DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations()); | |
8529 | } | |
8530 | ||
8531 | wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes) | |
8532 | { | |
8533 | m_sizeDefault = defSize; | |
8534 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ ) | |
8535 | { | |
8536 | if ( allSizes[i] != defSize ) | |
8537 | m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i]; | |
8538 | } | |
8539 | } | |
8540 | ||
8541 | int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const | |
8542 | { | |
8543 | wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos); | |
8544 | ||
8545 | return it == m_customSizes.end() ? m_sizeDefault : it->second; | |
8546 | } | |
8547 | ||
8548 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8549 | // drop target | |
8550 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8551 | ||
8552 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
8553 | ||
8554 | // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid | |
8555 | void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget) | |
8556 | { | |
8557 | GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget); | |
8558 | } | |
8559 | ||
8560 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
8561 | ||
8562 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8563 | // grid event classes | |
8564 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8565 | ||
8566 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8567 | ||
8568 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8569 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
8570 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8571 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
8572 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
8573 | { | |
8574 | Init(row, col, x, y, sel); | |
8575 | ||
8576 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8577 | } | |
8578 | ||
8579 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8580 | ||
8581 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8582 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
8583 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8584 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
8585 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
8586 | { | |
8587 | Init(rowOrCol, x, y); | |
8588 | ||
8589 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8590 | } | |
8591 | ||
8592 | ||
8593 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8594 | ||
8595 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8596 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
8597 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
8598 | bool sel, bool control, | |
8599 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8600 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ), | |
8601 | wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta) | |
8602 | { | |
8603 | Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel); | |
8604 | ||
8605 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8606 | } | |
8607 | ||
8608 | ||
8609 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
8610 | ||
8611 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
8612 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
8613 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
8614 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
8615 | { | |
8616 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8617 | m_row = row; | |
8618 | m_col = col; | |
8619 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
8620 | } | |
8621 | ||
8622 | ||
8623 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8624 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
8625 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8626 | ||
8627 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
8628 | { | |
8629 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
8630 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
8631 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
8632 | } | |
8633 | ||
8634 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
8635 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
8636 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8637 | { | |
8638 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
8639 | ||
8640 | // is it already registered? | |
8641 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
8642 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8643 | { | |
8644 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
8645 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
8646 | } | |
8647 | else | |
8648 | { | |
8649 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
8650 | } | |
8651 | } | |
8652 | ||
8653 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
8654 | { | |
8655 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
8656 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
8657 | { | |
8658 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
8659 | { | |
8660 | return i; | |
8661 | } | |
8662 | } | |
8663 | ||
8664 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
8665 | } | |
8666 | ||
8667 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
8668 | { | |
8669 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
8670 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8671 | { | |
8672 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
8673 | // register it "on the fly" | |
8674 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8675 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
8676 | { | |
8677 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
8678 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
8679 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
8680 | } | |
8681 | else | |
8682 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8683 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
8684 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
8685 | { | |
8686 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
8687 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
8688 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
8689 | } | |
8690 | else | |
8691 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
8692 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8693 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
8694 | { | |
8695 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
8696 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
8697 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
8698 | } | |
8699 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
8700 | { | |
8701 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
8702 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
8703 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
8704 | } | |
8705 | else | |
8706 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
8707 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
8708 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
8709 | { | |
8710 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
8711 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
8712 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
8713 | } | |
8714 | else | |
8715 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
8716 | { | |
8717 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
8718 | } | |
8719 | ||
8720 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
8721 | // the last index | |
8722 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
8723 | } | |
8724 | ||
8725 | return index; | |
8726 | } | |
8727 | ||
8728 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
8729 | { | |
8730 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
8731 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8732 | { | |
8733 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
8734 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
8735 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':'))); | |
8736 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8737 | { | |
8738 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
8739 | } | |
8740 | ||
8741 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
8742 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
8743 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
8744 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
8745 | ||
8746 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
8747 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
8748 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
8749 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
8750 | ||
8751 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
8752 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':')); | |
8753 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
8754 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
8755 | ||
8756 | // register the new typename | |
8757 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
8758 | ||
8759 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
8760 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
8761 | } | |
8762 | ||
8763 | return index; | |
8764 | } | |
8765 | ||
8766 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
8767 | { | |
8768 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
8769 | if (renderer) | |
8770 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
8771 | ||
8772 | return renderer; | |
8773 | } | |
8774 | ||
8775 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
8776 | { | |
8777 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
8778 | if (editor) | |
8779 | editor->IncRef(); | |
8780 | ||
8781 | return editor; | |
8782 | } | |
8783 | ||
8784 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID |